,16758&7,210$18$/
63$5(3$576
MANUAL: M8620000GB-UL
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
i
7$%/(2)&217(176
,1752'8&7,21
±
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
1.1.7
1.1.8
1.1.9
1.1.10
1.1.11
1.1.12
1.1.13
1.1.14
1.1.15
1.1.16
1.1.17
1.1.18
1.1.19
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
USER’S RESPONSIBILITY
SAFETY FIRST
IMPORTANCE OF THE MANUAL
SAFETY SIGNS
OPERATIVE ZONE
INSTALLATION
INSPECTIONS
WORKING POSITIONS
SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE
CLEANING
ELECTRIC SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
FREEZING SYSTEM
SAFETY OF GIF FREEZERS
RISKS DURING FUNCTIONING
RISKS DURING CLEANING
SAFETY SIGNS
SAFETY SIGNS POSITION
MANUAL
INFORMATION ABOUT THE MANUAL
MANUAL IMPORTANCE
BASIC WARNINGS
CONSULTATION
CONSERVATION
1–1
1–1
1–1
1–2
1–2
1–2
1–2
1–3
1–4
1–4
1–5
1–5
1–6
1–6
1–7
1–7
1–8
1–9
1–9
1–10
1–11
1–11
1–11
1–11
1–12
1–12
7(&+1,&$/'$7$$1','(17,),&$7,21
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
IDENTIFICATION DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
OVERALL DIMENSIONS
WORK ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITS
COMPLIANCE
SOUNDING EMISSION LEVEL
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
'(6&5,37,212)7+(0$&+,1(
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.8.1
3.8.2
3.8.3
3.8.4
3.8.5
3.8.6
3.8.7
3.8.8
3.9
3.10
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
FREEZING CYLINDER
PUMPS
PNEUMATIC INSTALLATION
FREEZING CYLINDER
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
CONTROL PANEL
OPERATOR PANEL
PAGE SEQUENCE (PAGE 1 – MAIN ONE)
PAGE SEQUENCE (PAGE 2 – MIX FLOW)
PAGE SEQUENCE (PAGE 3 – OVERRUN)
PAGE SEQUENCE (PAGE 4 – VISCOSITY)
PAGE SEQUENCE (PAGE 5 – ICE CREAM PRESSURE)
PAGE SEQUENCE (PAGE 6 – RECIPE CHANGE AND LANGUAGE CHANGE)
PAGE SEQUENCE (PAGE 7 – CIP)
PAGE SEQUENCE (PAGE 8 – OVERRUN ADJUSTMENT)
ALARMS
WORK STATIONS
3-1
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-24
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
ii
,167$//$7,21
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.6.1
4.6.2
4.6.3
4.6.4
4.7
PACKING
LIFTING
DELIVERY CHECKS AND UNPACKING
REQUIRED SPACE
POSITIONING AND INSTALLATION
CONNECTIONS
COOLING WATER CONNECTION
MIXTURE INLET AND ICE CREAM OUTLET CONNECTION
COMPRESSED AIR CONNECTION
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
END OF INSTALLATION CHECK
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-4
4-6
4-8
4-9
4-11
)81&7,21,1*
5.1
5.1.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.5
PRELIMINARY CONTROLS
OPERATIONS TO CARRY OUT AT FIRST START-UP
START-UP
PRODUCTION CHANGE
END OF PRODUCTION
CIP WASHING UP
MANUAL WASHING UP
EMERGENCY STOP
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-4
5-5
5-6
$'-8670(176
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
VISUALIZATIONS
MIX FLOW
OVERRUN
VISCOSITY
ICE CREAM PRESSURE
RECIPES
6-1
6-1
6-1
6-3
6-4
6-4
&/($1,1*$1'0$,17(1$1&(
7.1
7.1.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
CIP WASHING
OUTER WASHING PROGRAM
RECOMMENDED DETERGENTS
STANDARD MAINTENANCE
PUMPS ASSEMBLY-DISASSEMBLY
DASHER ASSEMBLY-DISASSEMBLY
BLADES MAINTENANCE
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-11
7-16
7-25
7528%/(6+227,1*
8.1
OVERLOAD PILOT LIGHTS
8-3
6&+(0(6$1'63$5(3$576
9.1
9.2
9.3
LIST OF SCHEMES
ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS
EQUIPPED SPARE PARTS
9-1
9-2
9-8
*8$5$17(($1'6(59,&(
10.1
10.2
GUARANTEE CONDITIONS
SPARE PARTS ORDERING PROCEDURE
(1&/26('
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
WIRING DIAGRAM
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL BOARD OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MATERIAL LIST
CERTIFICATE TEST/MEASURE CERTIFICATE
CORIOLIS MASS FLOW MESURING SYSTEM
10-1
10-2
11-1
11-1
11-1
11-1
11-1
11-1
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–1
,1752'8&7,21
6$)(7<,16758&7,216
:$51,1*'RQRWRSHUDWHRUVHUYLFH\RXU6LGDPHTXLSPHQWRUPDFKLQHEHIRUHKDYLQJUHDGWKHVHVDIHW\
UXOHV
86(5¶65(63216,%,/,7<
The basic rules of safety set forth in this secton are intended as a guide for the safe operation of Sidam equipment
or machines.
This general safety information, along with explicit service, maintenance and operational materials for each
specific machine, make up the complete instruction manual.
All personnel, who will operate, service or be involved with this equipment in any way, should become totally
familiar with this information prior to start-up.
It is the Buyer’s responsibility to make certain that these procedures are followed and, should any major deviation
or change in use from the original specifications be required, appropriate procedures should be established for the
continued safe operation of the machine.
It is strongly recommended to contact Sidam to make certain the machine can be converted to the new use in a
reasonably safe manner.
If the machine is not purchased directly at Sidam or its representative, it is the responsibility of the purchaser to
ensure that the machine is according to the valid safety regulations.
It is strongly recommended that the purchaser contacts Sidam to safeguard that the machine can be operated in a
reasonably safe manner.
6$)(7<),567
The equipment from Sidam is designed and manufactured with due consideration and care for generally accepted
safety standards.
However, the proper and safe performance of this equipment depends upon using sound and prudent operating,
maintenance and servicing procedures under properly trained supervision. For your protection, and the protection
of others, learn and always follow the safety rules outlined in this chapter.
Form safe working habits by reading the rules and abiding by them.
Keep this booklet handy and review it from time to time to refresh your understanding of the rules.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–2
,03257$1&(2)7+(0$18$/
Personnel who work on the machine for production, cleaning, maintenance or repair, must be familiar with this
manual either about instructions, or about risks and safety rules.
In particular operator must know the meaning of the safety labels placed on the machine.
For this reason the manual should be alweays available for the operators.
Personnel authorized to maintenance or repair must be informed about the existence of this manual and they
must have a look at it before beginning operations.
Because the manual is subject to damages on account of use, we suggest to keep a copy in a safe and sheltered
place. In any case is always possible to ask Sidam for a new copy.
6$)(7<6,*16
The machine has some safety signs: see the related section for their meaning.
Operators must know the meaning of these several signs before beginning operations.
Signals must be checked every day for making sure that no one is damaged or came off, or illegible anyway.
In this case this adhesive tally has to be replaced with a new one.
23(5$7,9(=21(
An operating zone should be established around all machines.
A brightly painted guard rail or warning stripe can be used to define the zone.
The distance from machine surface to the limit from the operative zone should be at least 2 metres.
Only operators or other authorised personnel should be within the operating zone when machine control circuits
are energised or the machine is running.
No tools or other equipment should be kept within the operating zone.
,167$//$7,21
Power sources such as electric and air should be installed by trained and authorised personnel only.
Make sure a power disconnector on/off for the power sources is installed on the machine.
The disconnector must be of a type that can be locked in the power off position and the key must be removed.
Installation must comply with all applicable codes and standards, including those established by the Directorate of
Labour Inspection of the country in question.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–3
,163(&7,216
%HIRUHVWDUWLQJWKHPDFKLQH
♦ Be absolutely positive all guards and safety devices are installed and operative.
♦ Make certain that all personnel are clear of the machine.
♦ Remove from the operating zone any materials, tools or other foreign objects that could cause injury to
personnel or damage the machine.
♦ Make certain that the machine is in operating condition.
♦ Make certain all indication lights, horns, pressure gauges or other safety devices or indicators are in working
order.
,QRSHUDWLRQ
♦ Do not operate this machine until you read and understand the operating instructions and become thoroughly
familiar with the machine and its controls.
♦ Never operate a machine while a safety device or guard is removed or disconnected.
♦ Always wear any required safety/hygienic equipment, such as glasses, hats, shoes, ear protection or any
required safety equipment.
♦ Do not start the machine until all other personnel in the area have been warned and have moved outside the
operating zone.
♦ Remove any tools or other foreign objects from the operating zone before starting.
♦ Absolutely do not have loose clothing, neckties, necklaces or unrestrained long hair near an operating
machine.
♦ Do not wear rings, watches, bracelets or other jewellery near an operating machine.
♦ Keep the operating zone free of obstacles that could cause a person to trip or fall towards an operating
machine.
♦ Never sit or stand on anything that may cause you to fall against the machine.
♦ “Horseplay” around a machine at any time is dangerous and prohibited.
♦ Know the emergency stop procedure for the machine.
♦ Never operate the machine above specified speeds, pressures or temperatures.
♦ Keep alert and observe indicator lights and warnings that are displayed on the machine.
♦ Never leave the machine unattended while in operation.
♦ Do not operate faulty or damaged equipment. Make certain proper service and maintenance procedures have
been performed.
♦ Avoid placing fingers, hands, or any parts of your body into the machine or near moving parts when control
circuits are energised.
$IWHU6KXWGRZQ
♦ Make certain all air and electric power is turned off.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–4
:25.,1*326,7,216
Machine is equipped with safety protections in accordance with the European laws in force and it has some
devices which stop it if some anomaly happen.
However below general instructions must be observed by operators in working positions:
♦ Use non-skid footwear.
♦ Keep the floor clean.
♦ Do not have unrestrained hair or loose clothes.
♦ In case a procedural error occurs, never remove wasted/damaged products from the machine, before the
control voltage is disconnected.
♦ Never clean the machine unless the control voltage is disconnected.
♦ The manual should always be available to the personnel.
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
6(59,&($1'0$,17(1$1&(
Do not service a machine until you are thoroughly qualified and familiar with the tasks to be performed.
Never operate any controls while other persons are performing maintenance on the machine.
Do not by-pass a safety device.
Always use the proper tool for the job.
Never open covers that house electrical components when power is on.
Only perform maintenance on a machine in motion when properly trained and required to do so. When
directed to make adjustments on machines in motion, extreme care must be taken.
All air and pressure must be relieved before performing maintenance or loosening connection on any
pressurised system.
Air and electrical power are to be turned off unless they are absolutely required for the specific servicing being
performed.
Replace fuses only when electrical power is off (locked out).
Do not enter a confined space without first checking for toxic fumes and providing standby personnel on the
site.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–5
&/($1,1*
0DQXDOFOHDQLQJSURFHGXUHV
♦ Do not use toxic and/or flammable solvents to clean a machine.
♦ Turn off air and electrical power (lock out) prior to cleaning a machine, unless otherwise specified in the
equipment manual.
♦ Keep electrical panel covers closed when washing a machine.
♦ Always clean up spills around machine as soon as possible.
♦ Never attempt to clean a machine while it is operating.
&OHDQLQJLQSODFH&,3SURFHGXUHV
♦ Make certain that all connections in the cleaning circuit are tight to avoid contact with hot water or cleaning
solutions.
♦ When the cleaning cycle is controlled from a remote or automated control centre, establish fail-safe
procedures to avoid automatic start-up while servicing equipment in the circuit.
♦ On equipment which includes manways, make certain covers are closed, latched and nobody is left behind
prior to starting the cleaning cycle.
(/(&75,&6<67(0
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
All electrical/electronic maintenance and service should be performed by trained and authorised electricians
only.
Always assume that power is on and treat all conditions as live. This practice assures a cautious approach
which may prevent an accident or injury.
To remove the load from circuit or equipment, open disconnecter or breaker and lock in open position.
Make certain that the circuit is open by using the proper test equipment.
127( Test equipment must be checked at regular intervals.
Capacitors must be given time to discharge, otherwise it should be done manually with care.
There may be circumstances where “trouble-shooting” on live equipment may be required. Under such
conditions, special precautions must be taken as follows:
Make certain your tools and body are clear of the ground.
Extra safety measures should be taken in damp areas.
Be alert and avoid any outside distractions.
Before applying power to any equipment, make certain that all personnel are clear of the machine.
Control panel doors should be open only when checking out the electrical equipment or doing electrical
connections.
All electrical apparatus must be properly grounded and overload protected.
All electrical connections should be protected by confining them within a sealed junction box.
:$51,1* 'R QRW GLVFRQQHFW WKH PRWRUV SXPSV FRQQHFWHG WR LQYHUWHUV EHIRUH PLQ KDYH SDVVHG
VLQFHPDFKLQHVKXWGRZQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–6
+<'5$8/,&6<67(0
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
Never operate a hydraulic system unless covers, safety devices and indicators are operating and in place.
Never operate a hydraulic system above the pressure specified.
Hydraulic fluid should never be allowed to collect on floors or equipment outside foreseen drip-trays.
Skin contact with hydraulic fluid should be avoided. Always wear proper protective clothing when handling
hydraulic fluid.
Never loosen any hydraulic connection when the system is under pressure.
Never operate a machine that has leaks in the hydraulic system.
A hydraulic system retains the power to complete its intended motion even after the power is off. Care is
required to avoid injury.
31(80$7,&6<67(0
:$51,1* :H UHTXLUH RXU FXVWRPHUV WR VXSSO\ DLU DW D GHZ SRLQW RI PD[ ƒ& WR DYRLG FRQGHQVDWLRQ
FDXVH RI XQSURSHU IXQFWLRQLQJ UXVW DQG VR RQ HVSHFLDOO\ ZKHQ WKH DLU LV XVHG LQ GHOLFDWH HOHFWURQLF
V\VWHPVDVWKHPHDVXUHUVRIFRXUVHDLUIRUIUHH]HU
,IWKLVLVQRWDYDLODEOHWKHFXVWRPHUVKRXOGLQVWDOODQDLUGU\HU
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
Never operate an air system unless covers, safety devices and controls are operating and in place.
Air operated mechanical devices may operate unexpected from a remote control signal.
If an air supply system exceeds design limits, connections could come apart and move around uncontrolled.
Never loosen any pneumatic connection when the system is under pressure.
Discharge and air leaks should never be allowed above product area due to oil mist.
A pneumatic system retains the power to complete its intended motion even after the power is off. Care is
required to avoid injury.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–7
)5((=,1*6<67(0
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
Maintenance and service of the refrigeration system must be performed by trained and authorised service
personnel only.
Never valve off a vessel filled with liquid refrigerant, unless it is protected with a properly sized valve. Never
expose refrigerant vessels, drums, or bottles to excessive heat.
Develop an “emergency procedures plan” and arrange for rehearsals and training of personnel.
Make sure fire extinguishers are in operating condition and that sufficient numbers are available in the right
places.
Always wear a gas mask when making repairs in an area where a leak might occur.
6$)(7<2)*,))5((=(56
:$51,1* 7KH FODGGLQJ SODWHV PXVW EH PRXQWHG ZKHQ RSHUDWLQJ WKH IUHH]HU DQG VKRXOG QHYHU EH
GLVPRXQWHGZKLOHWKHIUHH]HULVZRUNLQJ
Sidam's GIF freezers are manufactured in accordance with internationally recognised safety measures.
They havew been designed with the operator and maintenance personnel in mind.
However, as with all production equipment, it has to be used in accordance with basic safety precautions.
Sidam urges that all production personnel carefully consider the following precautions during normal operation of
the plant:
♦ Never open the lateral and posterior operator control panel nor the main electrical panel unless the power has
been turned off.
♦ Never operate the machine if panels or doors are open or misplaced.
♦ Never modify the plant nor any of its electrical functions and never secure any electrical interlock device to
function in any manner other than its designed function.
♦ Always manouvre the dasher and its blades with the utmost care and precaution - the dasher blades are
extremely sharp! - when assembling, transporting or installing.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–8
5,6.6'85,1*)81&7,21,1*
+2:72$92,'
,)$1$&&,'(17
$&&,'(176
+$6+$33(1('
The metal components and the These parts should never be In both cases of burns and
frostbites, pour immediately much
tubing get very cold during the touched when freezer is working.
water on the affected parts.
production and very hot when
Summon a doctor.
cleaning the freezer. There’s the risk
of frostbites and burns.
Pay attention when opening the The valves must often be checked to If the refrigerant is leaking, the area
cooling installation valves because avoid leaks. Leakages must be must be evacuated. The operator
for
the
cooling
immediately reported to the person responsible
leaks might occur.
installations must be summoned.
responsible for cooling installation.
Further information is available in the
"General
Safety
Instructions"
section.
5,6.6
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–9
5,6.6'85,1*&/($1,1*
+2:72$92,'
$&&,'(176
The personnel could get hurt when Be careful when carrying out the
trying to reach the freezer open cleaning underneath the freezer. The
main switch must be off when
bottom.
working below the machine.
Pay attention when opening the The valves must be frequently
valves as leaks might occur.
checked to avoid leaks. Leakages
must be immediately reported to the
person responsible for the cooling
installations.
5,6.6
When carrying out a C.I.P. cleaning,
very corrosive cleaning materials are
usually employed.
The control panel and other
electrical components must not be
flushed.
Water
and
cleaning
materials
might
damage
the
electrical installation. People could
be exposed to danger if the the
electrical installation was damaged.
,)$1$&&,'(17
+$6+$33(1('
Summon a doctor in case a person
has been seriously injured.
If a refrigerant leak has happened,
evacuate the area. The operator
responsible
for
the
cooling
installations must be summoned.
For further information about the
refrigerants, see what explained in
the "General Safety Instructions"
chapter.
Be careful when working with Should any part of the body get in
cleaning materials. Use gloves and contact with the cleaning material,
rinse liberally with water.
other safety garments.
Be careful during the cleaning of the The mains voltage must be
freezer.
disconnected. Summon a qualified
electrician.
6$)(7<6,*16
Safety signs to be stuck onto a Sidam freezer, are shown below.
A safety sign must be replaced by a new one when:
1)
2)
3)
4)
it has come off;
it is worn;
it is loose;
it is illegible in any way;
The surface has to be dry and clean when sticking a new sign onto the machine.
When re-ordering new signs please state the article number placed in the bottom right-hand corner of the sign.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–10
6$)(7<6,*16326,7,21
High Voltage!
Dangerous
electrical
current
Code: Risk of Hand
to be Cut!
Dangerous
spot where
hands/fingers
could be
cut/crushed by
movable machine
parts.
)LJ±6DIHW\VLJQVSRVLWLRQ
Code: MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–11
0$18$/
,1)250$7,21$%2877+(0$18$/
We hope that the information included in this manual can help You.
It aims to give an explanation about the right and safe use of Your machine and are based on data as well as on
our best up-to-date knowledge.
Read carefully what is written on this manual, included the recommendations and suggestments, as well as the
sale and guarantee conditions.
Sidam has edited this manual with the maximum care, trying to make it as complete and clear as possible.
However, should any point be incomplete or unclear, please contact us without hesitation.
0$18$/,03257$1&(
This instruction manual has been conceived to help You install correctly, set-up, use and maintain Your machine.
Special importance has been afforded to the operators safety, describing in detail the protection devices and the
procedures for a safe use of the machine.
We ask You to consider this manual as an actual part of the machine, in order to obtain the best performances.
We suggest in particolar to:
♦ Keep the manual for the whole life of the product;
♦ Make sure that any possible revision is included in the text;
♦ Make this manual be easily available for consultation by the various operators (if necessary, make a copy of
the needed parts);
♦ Deliver the manual to any other new user or step-owner of the machine.
♦
%$6,&:$51,1*6
Figures and drawings have to be intended only as generic references and are not necessarily thorough in
every detail.
♦ Dimensions and characteristics reported in this manual are not binding and they could be modified without
notice.
♦ No part of this manual can be reproduced or transmitted to outside parties without written consent by SIDAM
S.r.l..
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1–12
&2168/7$7,21
6WUXFWXUH
The manual is divided in three sections:
1) Installation, use and maintenance instructions, as well as those about the risk zones signalings and safety
rules.
2) Spare parts catalogue.
3) Information about complex commercial components installed on the machine (the description of the
commercial components installed on the machine is available in the supplied cd-rom, attached to this
manual).
:DUQLQJQRWHV
In addition to parts enhanced to give special prominence to characteristics or technical infotmation, the following
notes are very important:
♦
Safety notes, that refer to possible dangers for the operators and to the rules to minimize the risks, introduced
by the signal:
♦
Warning notes, that refer to operations to be done or avoided for a good functioning of the machine,
introduced by the signal:
&216(59$7,21
We advise Yuo to keep this manual with the maximum care for the whole life of the machine.
Some useful suggestions for a perfect conservation are:
♦ Shelter the manual against humidity and heat;
♦ Use the manual correctly, not to damage, neither wholly nor partly, its content;
♦ Do not remove of tear for any reason parts of the manual;
♦ Make a copy of the parts needed for consultation by the various operators;
♦ Do not overwrite for any reason parts of the manual, unless in case of late revisions by SIDAM S.r.l.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
2-1
7(&+1,&$/'$7$$1','(17,),&$7,21
,'(17,),&$7,21'$7$
A tally stuck on the machine reports the data which unequivocally identify your plant or equipment. These data are
the following:
1) type and model;
2) order number;
3) power supply;
4) year of construction.
&267587725( 0$18)$&785(5
)$%5,&$17
%$8(5
,1',5,==2$''5(66$'5(66($'5(66(
9,$)$%,2),/=,
&250$120,,7$/<
0$&&+,1$
0$&+,1(
0$75,&2/$
0$75,&8/(
(48,30(17
0$&+,1(
)5((=(5*,)
6(5,$/180%(5
5(*,675,(11800(5
$/,0(17$=,21( 32:(56833/<
$/,0(17$7,21 63(,681*
$112
<($5 $11e(
-$+5
In case you contact Sidam for information or spare parts concerning this machine, inform us these data in order to
get everything you require as soon as possible and error-free.
7KH YROWDJH RI \RXU PDFKLQH LV SURSHUO\ PDUNHG %H FHUWDLQ WKDW \RXU SRZHU VXSSO\ LV WKH
VDPHEHIRUHFDUU\LQJRXWWKHLQVWDOODWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
2-2
7(&+1,&$/'$7$
3HUIRUPDQFH
Capacity
(ice cream at 100% overrun; standard mix with 36% of solid part and inlet
temperature +4 °C; outlet temperature up to –6 °C)
)UHH]LQJFLUFXLW
Freezing capacity (condensation at 15 bar)
Refrigerant
Quantity of refrigerant
&RQVXPSWLRQV
Compressor
Dasher motor
Pumps motor
Condensing water (tower water, 27 °C) –
Condenser pressure drop
Condensing water (town water, 18 °C) –
Condenser pressure drop
Air (ice cream at 100% overrun)
Required air pressure
'LPHQVLRQV
Height
Length
Width
:HLJKW
Gross weight
Net weight
&RQQHFWLRQV
Mix inlet
Ice cream outlet
Air inlet
Condensing water inlet
Condensing water oulet
120-600 lt/h
14 kW
R404A
3,5 kg
480 V / 60 Hz
10 kW – 25 A
7,5 kW – 16 A – 4 poles
2 x 0,75 kW – 1,5 A
3
3,5 m /h – 1,2 bar
3
1 m /h - 0.3 bar
Max 400 lt/h
Min. 5 bar
1600 ± 40 mm (1850 mm stand)
1450 mm (1800 mm stand)
600 mm (800 mm stand)
~ 750 kg
~ 560 kg
1 ½" clamp
1 ½" clamp
8 mm
1” gas
1” gas
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
2-3
29(5$//',0(16,216
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
ICE CREAM OUTLET
1 ½ ” CLAMP
MIX INLET
1 ½ ” CLAMP
PNEUMATIC
CONNECTION
8 mm
WATER OUTLET
1” GAS
WATER INLET
1” GAS
)LJ±2YHUDOOGLPHQVLRQV
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
2-4
:25.(19,5210(17$//,0,76
The machine is quilified to work within the following environmental limits:
Temperature: from 4°C to 40°C;
Humidity: from 20% to 80%;
Height from the sea level: up to 1000 m.
127(2XUFRPSDQ\GHFOLQHVDQ\UHVSRQVLELOLW\IRUGDPDJHVGHULYLQJIURPQRWIROORZLQJWKH
ZDUQLQJVDERYH
&203/,$1&(
The machine has been built according to the international standards and to the hygienic-sanitary rules regarding
food machines.
In particolar, SIDAM abuts, through the Declaration of Conformity supplied together with the machine, that the
productive unit has been projected and built according to what is indicated in the Directive 89/392/CE (Machines
Directive) and complying with the rules mentioned above concerning it.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
2-5
6281',1*(0,66,21/(9(/
During production, the level of sounding emission results to be inferior to 85 dB (A).
The measure of that value has been surveyed following the instructions in the directive EN 98/37/CE (1 meter off
the machine and 1,60 m above the ground) and employing the methodology foreseen by the standard UNI EN ISO
11202.
)LJ±6RXQGLQJHPLVVLRQOHYHO
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-1
'(6&5,37,212)7+(0$&+,1(
*(1(5$/'(6&5,37,21
The machine tasks are: to mix sanitary air up with the ice cream mixture supplied to the machine to reach the
desired volume increase; to cool down the resulting mixture added with air in order to obtain the viscous product
which we call ice cream; to supply the sufficient pressure to convey the ice cream to the use, making it flow
through an adequate pipe.
The GIF continuous freezers serie has been projected with a phylosophy horiented to the maximum ease.
Keeping tight to the ice cream production basis, the GIF freezers are able to deliver a stiff, dry and smooth product
fit for packing, or a soft and flowable one to be dosed in moulds.
A modular design allows complete access to all the components of these freezers.
♦ The cabinet is wholly made with stainless steel with legs adjustable in height. The panels are easily
removable to permit complete access to all the mechanical, electrical and freezing components.
♦ All the parts in contact with the product are made with materials compatible with food, normally with stainless
steel. This composition hinders the contamination, assuring years of correct functioning without maintenance
problems.
To carry out the functions above, the machine comprises inside:
♦ A pump (Fig. 3-1 pos. 2) that receives the mixture from the maturing vats and sends it towards the freezing
cylinder (Fig. 3-2 pos. 4), adding sanitary (Fig. 3-2 pos. 3) air.
♦ A flow gauger (Fig. 3-2 pos. 8), that senses accurately the mixture flow entering in the machine.
♦ A set of filters (Fig. 3-1 pos. 1) that allow to obtain sanitary air from the compressed air mains.
♦ A freezing cylinder (Fig. 3-2 pos. 4), with whipping shaft, scraping blades and lip seal, within which the air is
uniformly scattered in the mixture and the product obtained this way is cooled down until it becomes pasty.
The whipping shaft is operated by a motor (Fig. 3-2 pos. 5) with belt transmission (Fig. 3-2 pos. 7).
♦ A freezing installation (Fig. 3-2 pos. 6) connected to the outer wall of the freezing cylinder to supply the
necessary cooling.
♦ Electrical and pneumatic installation controlling all the functions of the machine kitted with an operator panel
with display that allows to read and modify the functioning conditions and to get an explanation of the alarm
signs.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-2
)LJ±*HQHUDOGHVFULSWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-3
)LJ±*HQHUDOGHVFULSWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-4
)5((=,1*&</,1'(5
The freezing cylinder (Fig. 3-3 pos. 1) placed in the machine, provides to batch the mixture supplied by the
costumer with sanitary air introduced in the machine, and to freeze the whole new mixture to obtain a type of ice
cream coming out of the pump (Fig. 3-3 pos. 2) that complies with the temperature and viscosity values required.
It is positioned horizontally inside the machine: it is made by a thick layer chrome plated pipe with interspace and
by a whipping shaft.
A freezing gas is made flow through the cylinder interspace, during the production, to lower the ice cream
temperature down to the required value.
Apart from improving the level of batching of mixture and sanitary air, the whipping shaft, working with eccentric
rotation, provides to hinder the ice cream bunching over the cylinder walls thanks to scraping blades.
To guarantee a good long-lasting functioning of the machine, it is necessary to pay much attention to the
assembly and to the sharpening conditions of the scraping blades. Pay extreme attention also not to damage the
chrome plated wall inside the cylinder.
)LJ±)UHH]LQJF\OLQGHU
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-5
38036
The machine is equipped with two pumps.
The first one (Fig. 3-4 pos. 1) introduces the mixture supplied by the costumer into the freezing cylinder, whereas
the second one (Fig. 3-4 pos. 2) sends ice cream to the freezing cylinder of the working machine through the
feeding pipe (not supplied).
The pumps are operated by ratiomotors (Fig. 3-4 pos. 3), each of which is controlled by an inverter (permitting this
way the automatic speed control).
The pumps are kitted with a pneumatic drive by-pass that allows a clear crossing of the cleaning solution during
the CIP washing and the zero setting of the pressure inside the cylinder when turning the machine off.
)LJ±3XPSV
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-6
31(80$7,&,167$//$7,21
The compressed air supplied to the machine (the machine doesn’t include an air compressor) passes through a
1° filter (Fig. 3-5 pos. 1), a pressure multiplier (Fig. 3-5 pos. 2) to obtain the fit pressure to introduce air into the
mixture, a 2° filtering set (Fig. 3-5 pos. 3) that carries out a separating-the-oil straining and an activated charcoals
filtering to remove any oil steam and bad smells.
Eventually, before being introduced into the mix, the air flows through a sterilizing microporous filter (Fig. 3-5 pos.
4) specifically dimensioned to stop particles with typical bacteria dimensions.
The air is introduced into the duct through a flow adjusting valve (Fig. 3-5 pos. 5) that adjusts the quantity of air to
mix according to the freezer capacity.
The pneumatic installation comprises also a pressure pickup (Fig. 3-5 pos. 6), which supplies an alarm when the
mains compressed air pressure is too low, and the solenoid valve operating the by-passes of the CIP washing
pumps.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-7
)LJ±3QHXPDWLFLQVWDOODWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-8
)5((=,1*&</,1'(5
It is composed of a frosting cylinder (Fig. 3-6 pos. 1) (evaporator), a rotatory Copeland Scroll (Fig. 3-6 pos. 2)
compressor, a high efficiency condenser, the thermostatic valve and various minor fittings.
All these components are specifically foreseen and dimensioned for the low temperature functioning with R404A
refrigerant gas. The cooling function is executed through gas compression: therefore, the compressor pumps the
gas into the condenser where it is cooled and liquefied; the liquid gas obtained this way passes through the
thermostatic valve and vaporizes in the frosting cylinder (Fig. 3-6 pos. 1) (turning back to the gaseous state) just
to reach then the compressor and start the cycle again.
The vaporization of the gas in the frosting cylinder subtracts heat from the ice cream mixture, which cools down;
this heat is then eliminated in the condenser yielding it to the cooling water, which gets warmed this way.
On the condenser water circuit is mounted a pressure adjusting valve that keeps the condensation pressure
constant, whatever the water temperature value is.
)LJ±)UHH]LQJLQVWDOODWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-9
(/(&75,&$/,167$//$7,21
It is made of an operator panel (Fig. 3-7 pos. 1) and the electrical board (Fig. 3-7 pos. 2) which lies in the right side
of the machine.
On the operator panel it is possibile to: activate or deactivate all the machine functions; carry out all the functioning
adjustments; check the anomalies indications.
In the electrical box (Fig. 3-7 pos. 2) placed in the right side of the machine, are positioned all the control and
power equipments and on the outer side is the general switch (Fig. 3-7 pos. 3).
)LJ±(OHFWULFDOLQVWDOODWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-10
&21752/3$1(/
The control panel described hereby allows to control and check all the functions of the machine, that is:
Through luminous push-button it is possible to operate the GIF 600 devices.
They light up if the corresponding device is on, they blink quickly if the device cannot work or is in alarm mode.
The corresponding alarms are displayed on the operator panel too.
)LJ±&RQWUROSDQHO
5HI
'HVFULSWLRQ
OPERATOR PANEL
PUMPS ON/OFF
CYLINDER ON/OFF
COMPRESSOR ON/OFF
AIR (OVER-RUN) ON/OFF
CIP ON/OFF
EMERGENCY PUSH-BUTTON
EMERGENCY RESET
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-11
23(5$7253$1(/
Through the operator panel it is possible to change the main variables of the GIF 600 functioning.
The0L[IORZUDWH, in l/h. Changing this value, the speed of the inlet pump varies consequently.
The RYHUUXQ, in %. Changing this value, the flow of the air introduced into the mix varies consequently.
The YLVFRVLW\, in %. Changing this value, the cylinder motor absorption is controlled, to keep the desired viscosity.
The SUHVVXUH, in bar, of the ice cream inside the freezer.
It is also possible to change the recipes. Every recipe will recall a set of stored values. 25 recipes are available.
)LJ±2SHUDWRUSDQHO
8VLQJWKHRSHUDWRUSDQHO
.H\
'HVFULSWLRQ
THEY ARE USED TO SCROLL THE PAGES IN SEQUENCE
THEY ARE USED TO SCROLL THE PAGES VERTICALLY
H
BY PUSHING THIS KEY, IT GOES BACK TO PAGE 1
BY THIS KEY IT IS POSSIBLE TO ENTER OR EXIT THE ALARMS PAGE
(IF ANY ALARM IS PRESENT)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-12
3DUDPHWHUVPRGLILFDWLRQ
The following keys are used:
.H\
'HVFULSWLRQ
BY PUSHING THIS KEY THE INSERT MODE IS ACTIVATED; THE
DATUM TO EDIT STARTS TO BLINK
IT INCREASES THE PARAMETER VALUE: BY KEEPING IT PUSHED
DOWN, THE VALUE INCREASES MORE QUICKLY
DECREASES THE PARAMETER VALUE: BY KEEPING IT PUSHED
DOWN, THE VALUE DECREASES MORE QUICKLY
IT CONFIRMS THE MODIFICATION OF THE INSERTED VALUE
IT ESCAPES THE PARAMETER EDITING
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-13
3$*(6(48(1&(3$*(±0$,121(
In this page the main functioning parameters are displayed.
In this page it is not possible to change any parameter.
)LJ±3DJHVHTXHQFH3DJH±0DLQRQH
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-14
3$*(6(48(1&(3$*(±0,;)/2:
In this page it is possible to change the mix flow.
“Act” refers to the value currently employed by the machine; by pushing
current one.
↵ the edited value will become the
)LJ±3DJHVHTXHQFH3DJH±0L[IORZ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-15
3$*(6(48(1&(3$*(±29(5581
In this page it is possibile to change the overrun value.
“Act” refers to the value currently used by the machine; by pushing
the edited value will become the current
one.
It is also possibile to display the flow of the air set in l/h and the reading of the air flow pickup.
↵
)LJ±3DJHVHTXHQFH3DJH±2YHUUXQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-16
3$*(6(48(1&(3$*(±9,6&26,7<
In this page it is possibile to change the viscosity value.
“Act” refers to the value currently employed by the machine; by pushing
current one.
It is also possibile to display:
• The current absorbed by the cylinder motor;
• The adjustment activation threshold.
↵ the edited value will become the
)LJ±3DJHVHTXHQFH3DJH±9LVFRVLW\
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-17
3$*(6(48(1&(3$*(±,&(&5($035(6685(
In this page it is possible to change the value of the ice cream pressure inside the freezer.
“Act” refers to the value currently used by the machine; bu pushing
the edited value will become the current
one.
It is also possibile to display the reading of the pressure pickup.
↵
)LJ±3DJHVHTXHQFH3DJH±,FHFUHDPSUHVVXUH
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-18
3$*(6(48(1&(3$*(±5(&,3(&+$1*($1'/$1*8$*(&+$1*(
In this page the work recipe is selected.
“Act” is the recipe currently at work on the machine. Setting up a new recipe, the values stored before will be
recalled.
By pushing F2, the operator panel language will turn to English; by pushing F3, it goes back to the former
language (see example).
ITALIAN
)
)
ENGLISH
)
)
SPANISH
)
)
FRENCH
)LJ±3DJHVHTXHQFH3DJH±5HFLSHFKDQJHDQGODQJXDJHFKDQJH
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-19
The set of stored parameters for every recipe is made up of the following values:
MIX FLOW RATE
OVERRUN
VISCOSITY
PRESSURE
Overrun correction factor
Recipe name
--------------------------------------------5(&,3(1$0(02',),&$7,21
scroll the page (⇓) until there appears:
name change
recipe name
press the introduction key
use the arrows ⇐ ⇒ to move to the letter to edit and use the keys ⇑ ⇓ to change the letter.
Press
to finish the name modification.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-20
3$*(6(48(1&(3$*(±&,3
In this page the maximum washing time is set.
To move from the hours field to the minutes one, push:
The F2 key enables the modification of the h (hours) datum.
The F3 key enables the modification of the ‘ (minutes) datum.
It is also possible to display the time elapsed from the CIP function activation.
)LJ±3DJHVHTXHQFH3DJH±&LS
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-21
3$*(6(48(1&(3$*(±29(5581$'-8670(17
In this page it is possible to set a k-factor to adjust a possibile inaccuracy of the set overrun value.
Es.:
set overrun value: 100
Through a measurement it is found that the real overrun value is 95.
Once inserted the real value, by pushing F2, an adjusting (k)factor is calcuated.
It is also possibile to display the set overrun value in l/h, as well as the surveyed one.
By pushing the F3 key, the adjustment is escaped and the value fixed is K=1.
)LJ±3DJHVHTXHQFH3DJH±2YHUUXQDGMXVWPHQW
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-22
$/$506
If an alarm occurs, the display switches to the alarm page showing which alarm is on; a red lamp lights up on the
OP and, if the alarm regards one of the five devices linked to the bright push-buttons, the light of the button starts
to blink quickly.
The operator has to confirm the alarm by pushing the
key.
↵
The red light will flash if the alarm
still needs confirmation by the
operator.
It will not blink if the alarm has
been confirmed even though still
present.
After eliminating the cause that generated the alarm, before restarting production it’s required to push the “R”
pushbuttom (Fig. 6-1 pos. 9).
)LJ±$ODUPV
$ODUPVOLVW
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Cylinder thermic protection
Compressor thermic protection
Inverter thermic protection
Inlet pump overcurrent
Outlet pump overcurrent
Air pressure
Refrigerant fluid pressure
Compressor protection
Inverter in alarm
Emergency
Air flow pickup
Cylinder motor overcurrent
Ice cream pressure pickup
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-23
$ODUPVGHVFULSWLRQ
&\OLQGHUPRWRUWKHUPLFSURWHFWLRQ
The dasher motor thermic protection has tripped; check the motor and the transmission to the dasher.
&RPSUHVVRUWKHUPLFSUHVVXUH
The compressor thermic protection has tripped. Check the compressor.
,QYHUWHUWKHUPLFSURWHFWLRQ
The inverters thermic protection has tripped. Check both the pumps inverters.
,QOHWSXPSRYHUFXUUHQW
An exceeding absorption of current by the mix pump motor has been noted; check motor and pump.
2XWOHWSXPSRYHUFXUUHQW
An exceeding absorption of current by the ice cream pump motor has been noted; check motor and pump.
$LUSUHVVXUH
A < 4 bar pressure is being detected in the compressed air supply circuit.
5HIULJHUDQWIOXLGSUHVVXUH
A too high of too low pressure value is being detected in the freezing circuit.
&RPSUHVVRUSURWHFWLRQ
The compressor electronic protection or the stages control relay has tripped. Check that the supply stages be
correctly connected (luminous light on the stages control relay (2B1) is on). Check the compressor.
,QYHUWHULQDODUP
One of the two inverters has gone into alarm mode; check the pumps inverters.
(PHUJHQF\
The Emergency button has been pushed.
$LUIORZSLFNXS
An anomaly of the air flow sensor is being detected; check the sensor wiring harness and the device inlet air
pressure.
&\OLQGHUPRWRURYHUFXUUHQW
A current consumption more than 10% over the motor nominal consumption is being detected.
This alarm stops the compressor to decrease the load to the dasher motor. The problem could be deriving from a
too low ice cream flow keeping the pressure in the cylinder too high.
,FHFUHDPSUHVVXUHSLFNXS
An anomaly of the ice cream pressure pickup is being detected; check the sensor and its wiring harness.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
3-24
:25.67$7,216
For the functioning of the GIF freezer it takes:
- 1 operator for the startingup, adjustment and general control during production.
Every other operator must keep at a safety distance avoiding to hinder the normal work operations being
performed.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-1
,167$//$7,21
3$&.,1*
The machine is fixed with wooden blocks.
The spare parts box is placed on a pallet beside the machine and is fastened with adhesive tape.
Possible extra-equipments are also placed below or aside the freezer and are secured with adhesive tape.
/,)7,1*
The freezer must be positioned on a pallet with the weight equally distributed.
The pallet that contains the freezer must be lifted in one of the following ways:
1. by fork truck;
2. by crane on which a fork is installed;
3. by crane and slings around the pallet.
'(/,9(5<&+(&.6$1'813$&.,1*
Upon receipt of the freezer, inspect for any visible damages that may have been caused during transportation.
Please pay careful attention to the packaging and look out for damage clues, because any external damage could
mean that the container was subjected to violent blows or jolts that would have probably damaged the contents
inside, being that invisible from the outside.
Any damage ascertained after inspection will have to be reported to the delivery company as well as to the
insurance company.
During the assembly and before the shipment, all the fixing elements (screws, bolts, rings, nuts) have been
carefully tighened and tested, but the continuous vibrations present during shipment can cause their loosening.
After receiving the machine and before its startingup, we suggest that a technician checks carefully their
tightening.
We suggest to carry out this operation also during the maintenance periodic control of the installation, to avoid
expansive downtimes and repairs.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-2
5(48,5('63$&(
The required space for the installation of the freezer must be such to allow the carrying out of all the use and
maintenance operations with absolute safety.
Make sure, therefore, that a free room of at least 0.7 m is by the sides and on the rear part of the machine,
whereas on the work front side the free space must be at least of 1.5 m.
)LJ±5HTXLUHGVSDFH
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-3
326,7,21,1*$1',167$//$7,21
1. Remove carefully the package, and bring the freezer to the destined area, leaving it on its wooden base (see
drawing below). Lift it up with adequate frames fit for its weight and taking care not to damage it.
2. Screw the levelling feet taking care to position the proper anti-slide pads on the feet resting point. Lean the
machine on the pads and adjust the height from the ground to about 200 mm (8”).
3. Level the freezer both longitudinally and transversely by means of its adjustable feet SURYLGLQJ D VOLJKW
JUDGLHQWEDFNZDUGVLQRUGHUWROHWWKHZDVKLQJZDWHUVIORZDQGEHGUDLQHG
4. Mount the cartridge for the sterilizing filtration inside the corresponding steel container paying attention not to
affect them nullifying their sterility conditions.
)LJ±3RVLWLRQLQJDQGLQVWDOODWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-4
&211(&7,216
&22/,1*:$7(5&211(&7,21
Carry out the connection of the cooling water complying with the rules foreseen in the country where the freezer is
installed.
The connection must be carried out by skilled technicians aware of the relative standard mentioned above.
Connect the mains water sending to the attachment positioned on the lower part of the machine (Fig. 4-3 pos. 1)
and the return to that placed on the upper part (Fig. 4-3 pos. 2).
During the connecting procedure, prearrange the installation of proper intercepting valves (Fig. 4-3 pos. 3) for the
following water isolation of the machine during maintenance procedures.
It is also advisable to prearrange a second valve (Fig. 4-3 pos. 4) next to the lower connection in order to allow a
possibile drainage of the water container inside the freezer.
The pipeline diameter must be fit for the flow-rate required by the machine and must not be lower than that of the
machine connections in any way (1” gas).
Before executing the connections, make sure that the pipelines are clear of sediments or dirt particles.
Also make sure that the mains water doesn’t carry particles that could reduce the thermic exchange capacity of
the cooling circuit. If it wasn’t like this, install a filter upline before the supply in order to reduce the harmful
particles entering the machine.
Between the two main fittings there is a third one (Fig. 4-3 pos. 5) to be used during the washing operations of the
cooling circuit.
The machine is equipped with a pressure adjusting valve (Fig. 4-3 pos. 6) that adjusts the flow-rate of the water to
the cooling circuit in an inversely proportional ratio to its temperature.
The cooling water temperature can therefore be supplied at different values without affecting the correct cooling.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-5
1” gas
1” gas
)LJ±&RROLQJZDWHUFRQQHFWLRQ
1” gas
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-6
0,;785(,1/(7$1',&(&5($0287/(7&211(&7,21
Carry out the connection of the mixtrure sending pipeline (supply on costumer charge) to the lower attachment
(Fig. 4-4 pos. 1) of the inlet pump (Fig. 4-4 pos. 2).
During the connection mentioned above, prearrange the machine for the installation of a proper valve system for
the simultaneous connection with the CIP washing pipeline.
The installation of such valve system allows to reduce to the minimum the downtimes between production and
washing up, and viceversa.
The pipeline diameter must be proportional to the flow-rate required by the machine and must not be in any way
lower than that of the machine attachments (1 ½” clamp).
Before carrying out the connections, make sure that the pipelines are clear of sediments or dirt particles that could
pollute the product or damage the machine units.
127(0DNHVXUHWKDWWKHPL[WXUHVXSSO\YDWVDUHDWDKLJKHUOHYHOWKDQWKDWRIWKHFRQQHFWLRQ
ZLWK WKH IUHH]HU RU FKHFN WKDW WKH\ KDYH EHHQ HTXLSSHG ZLWK D SURSHU VHQGLQJ SXPS WR
JXDUDQWHHWKHVXIILFLHQWKHDGRQWKHLQOHWSXPS)LJSRV
For the right functioning of the machine and the guarantee of an optimum ice cream quality, it is necessary to
check that there are no infiltrations in the mixture sending pipeline.
Connect the ice cream outlet pump (Fig. 4-4 pos. 3) with a stiff pipeline, which must be as short as possibile and
whose diameter must be proportional to the machine capacity and must not be in any way lower than that of the
attachment (1 ½” clamp).
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
1 ½” clamp
4-7
)LJ±,FHFUHDPLQOHWDQGRXWOHWFRQQHFWLRQ
1 ½” clamp
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-8
&2035(66('$,5&211(&7,21
Carry out the pneumatic connection following eagerly the standard effective in the country where the machine is
installed.
The connection must be done by skilled technicians aware of the relative standard described above. Proceed
executing the connection of the supply pipeline (Fig. 4-5 pos. 1) with the compressed air coupling (Fig. 4-5 pos. 2)
present on the rear part of the machine.
During the connection procedure, prearrange the machine for the installation of a proper intercepting valve and, if
needed, of a drying/filtering set.
The supply pressure must be at least 5 bar. It is also advisable to carry out the connection thanks to a “quick”
connection device for the possible physical detachment of the compressed air circuit with the machine.
8 mm
)LJ±&RPSUHVVHGDLUFRQQHFWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-9
(/(&75,&$/&211(&7,21
Carry out the electrical connection following earnestly the standard in force in the country where the machine is
being installed.
The connection must be carried out by skilled technicians aware of the relative standard described above.
Connect the machine with the factory mains supply by means of a proper disconnecting switch.
The voltage and frequency at which the machine is connected must correspond to those appearing on the
techincal data card.
Execute an adequate ground connection complying with the safety rules in force.
In case the connecting cable supplied (Fig. 4-6 pos. 1) was not long enough to reach the connecting point, '2
127$%62/87(/<86( current extensions, yet replace the whole cable with an adequate one.
Whenever the display showed the message “Compressor protection” on first ignition and no part of the machine
was working, it would take correcting the rotation sense of the stages exchanging one another the positions of two
of the three wires of the freezer supply cable in the distribution board of the factory to which the machine is
connected. Acting like this, the right sense of rotation of all the machine motors is assured.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-10
)LJ±(OHFWULFDOFRQQHFWLRQ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
4-11
(1'2),167$//$7,21&+(&.
Some checks must be done at the end of the installation procedure, before going on with the settingup operations:
a) Supply the machine with mains water opening the valves prearranged on the sending and on the return.
Check that the sending pressure is not that reported on the technical characteristics. Check that there are no
leaks in both stiff and flexible pipelines and in the connection points between them and the machine.
Command the freezing installation startingup to check the correct functioning of the pneumatic valve. This
latter, indeed, will allow the water to flow freely inside the cooling circuit until the return connection outlet.
b) Discharge the condensate from the compressed air circuit. Supply the machine with compressed air opening
the intercepting valve prearranged for that. Check that the sending pressure corresponds to that indicated on
table “Techincal characteristics”. Check that no leaks are present in the pipelines and in the connection points
between them and the machine.
c) Make sure that the voltage and the electric supply frequency of the machine correspond to the values
indicated on the technical data card. Give tension to the machine closing the proper disconnecting switch
installed upline the machine. Supply the machine turning the disconnecting switch (Fig. 4-7 pos. 1) mounted
on the electrical board (Fig. 4-7 pos. 2). Check that the display (Fig. 4-7 pos. 3) lights up.
)LJ±(QGRILQVWDOODWLRQFKHFN
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
5-1
)81&7,21,1*
35(/,0,1$5<&21752/6
Before starting the production operations it is necessary to carry out some checks which aim to censure a safe
and correct functioning of the machine:
a) Check that the machine is perfectly leveled and with a slight backwards gradient; if needed, use the proper
levelling feet to get the desired adjustment.
b) Check that the general switch is turned on “1”.
c) Check that the cooling water and compressed air intercepting valves are open.
d) Check that the mixture supply vat is correctly connected to the machine and contains enough quantity of
product to start the production; make sure that the intercepting valve is open.
e) Check that the CIP washing device (if present) is correctly connected to the machine and that the intercepting
valve is closed.
f) Check that the emergency switch is not pushed down: should it be otherwise, turn it in clockwise direction to
unlock it.
g) Check that the sumps (if any) removed during installation procedure have been mounted rightly back in their
places.
23(5$7,21672&$55<287$7),56767$5783
After a long period of inactivity or at first start-up, it is necessary to carry out a washing up of all the parts that will
get in contact with the product before starting the production.
To execute correctly such operations, consult the chapter “Washing up and Maintenance”.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
5-2
67$5783
-
-
-
Switch the machine on turning the main switch (Fig. 6-1 pos. 1) on the control panel.
The OP display (Fig. 6-1 pos. 2) lights up.
Check on the display that no alarm is present (in case an alarm related to a unit controlled by push button is
on, the corresponding button blinks quickly). (To restart production in case of an active alarm, it’s required to
push the “Emergency Reset” pushbutton (Fig. 6-1 pos. 9).
Command the filling up of the circuit with the mix using the CIP push button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 3).
As soon as the product exit from the second pump is noted, push the CIP button again (Fig. 6-1 pos. 3) to
switch it off.
The complete start-up is obtained by pushing the following buttons in sequence:
1) Pumps (Fig. 6-1 pos. 4); during start-up, the inlet pump (mix) will reach the planned speed. The outlet
pump (ice cream) will keep a very low speed until the pressure inside the cylinder reaches 1 bar. At that
moment, the pressure adjusting system will take the control over the outlet pump to bring and keep the
pressure at the planned value. During the beginning stage, and until the system reaches the right running,
the outlet ice cream flow-rate will be small.
2) Cylinder (Fig. 6-1 pos. 5);
3) Compressor (Fig. 6-1 pos. 6);
4) Over-run Air (Fig. 6-1 pos. 7).
During start-up procedure, some push-buttons might be blinking slowly, pointing out the controlled group
planned delay, until the operative condition is reached.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
5-3
352'8&7,21&+$1*(
Should it be necessary to work with different ice cream flavours during production, proceed as described below:
a) Organize the daily production in order to produce first clear color ice cream and then the progressively darker
ones.
b) Prearrange the defferent supplies simultaneously connected to the machine and intercept each one with a
valve.
c) If the production and the connections are organized as described before, it is possible to turn from one
production to another just exchanging the supply mixtures to the machine opening or closing the
corresponding valves without interrupting the freezer functioning.
If, due to logistic or organizative reasons, it was not possibile to procede as formerly described, and so it were
necessary a higher time to carry out the mixture change, the freezer should be shut-off proceeding as described
below:
a) Stop the air introducton into the ice cream by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos.7).
b) Stop the freezing compressor by pushing the proper button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 6).
c) Stop the whipping shaft pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 5).
d) Stop the pumps pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 4); this way, the inlet pump (mix) will immediately stop,
whereas the outlet pump (ice cream), will go on working (the button pilot light is blinking) until the pressure
inside the cylinder has lowered below 0.3 bar. Acting like this, the cylinder is not kept under pressure with
pumps off.
e) Disconnect the mix supply to the freezer from the vat containing the mixture whose production is being
interrupted and connect it to the container with the new mixture (darker) which is going to be produced.
To start again:
f) Insert in the OP the new recipe and confirm by
g) Start the whipping shaft up by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 5).
h) Start the freezing compressor up by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 6).
i) Start the pumps up by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 4); during start-up procedure, the inlet pump (mix) will
reach the planned speed. The outlet pump (ice cream) will keep a very low speed until the pressure inside the
cylinder reaches 1 bar. At this point, the pressure adjusting system will take the control over the outlet pump to
bring and keep the pressure at the planned value. During the first stage, and until the system reaches the right
running, the outlet ice cream flow-rate will be small.
j) Start the air installation up by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 7).
k) Wait for the mixture outlet.
l) Wait some minutes for the production to settle and, if necessary, adjust the overrun, the viscosity, the flow or
the pressure of the ice cream in the frosting cylinder through the OP.
↵.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
5-4
(1'2)352'8&7,21
a)
b)
c)
d)
Stop the air introduction by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 7).
Stop the freezing compressor by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 6).
Stop the pumps by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 4).
Stop the whipping shaft by pushing the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 5) waiting for the remaining ice cream to get out
of the cylinder
&,3:$6+,1*83
A) Connect the pump inlet and the ice cream outlet to the pipelines for the CIP washing up.
B) Start the washing up operating the CIP pumps of the lab washing installation (not included in the GIF 600
supply) and operating the freezer CIP cycle with the button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 3).
C) IMPORTANT: the agent solutions used by the CIP, if left inside the machine, could damage the metal parts
and the gaskets, so carry out a complete cold water rinsing of the machine at the end of the washing
operations.
D) Rotate the general switch on the electrical board to “0” (zero).
E) Close the compressed air supply and the cooling water valves.
For further intormation about the washing up see chapter “CIP washing up” in this manual.
:$51,1*'RQRWFDUU\RXW&,3ZDVKLQJXS ZLWKRXW DFWLYDWLQJ WKH &,3 F\FOH ZLWK SXVK EXWWRQ )LJ SRVWKHZDVKLQJIORZZRXOGEHLQDGHTXDWH
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
5-5
0$18$/:$6+,1*83
In case a CIP washing installation was not available, proceed as described below:
A1) Shut the machine off following the operations as from “a” to “d” in paragraph 5.4.
B1) Close the mixture supply valve and open the hot water supply valve (if prearranged). The water maximum
temperature must be 60 ÷ 65°C.
C1) Operate the whipping shaft through the push button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 5).
D1) Operate the pumps through the push button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 4).
E1) Let the hot water circulate until complete removal of the coarsest sediments. Once this condition has been
reached (the sediments removal span must last as short as possible), stop the whipping shaft and the pump
pushing the buttons (Fig. 6-1 pos. 5,6).
F1) Turn the machine off rotating the general switch (Fig. 6-1 pos. 1).
G1) Disassemble the dasher as described in chapter “Dasher assembly and disassembly”.
H1) Wash accurately all the components sinking them into a solution containing the right detergent, in the
percentage suggested by the supplying company.
I1) Rinse with much running water.
L1) Mount the removed parts back exactly in the same position they had before. Special attention must be paid to
the blades positioning (the sharp side must be facing the cylinder).
M1) Make the inlet pump suck a sterilant solution contained in a tank placed at proper height until complete
sanification is gotten.
N1) At the end of the sanification, drain the solution and rinse it all using clean cold water.
O1) Now the freezer is ready to start the production again.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
5-6
(0(5*(1&<6723
The emergency stop is controlled by pushing the red mushroom-shaped button (Fig. 6-1 pos. 8) placed on the OP.
The machine immediately stops: use this command only in case of real sudden needs of machine stops, when
there is the risk of injuring people or machines. Do not use as machine stop at the end of the production.
Before starting the production again, make sure there are the conditions to do it.
At restart of an emergency condition, the dasher motor will not immediately operate (blinking button), the
compressor will work for 20 sec. with the hot gas valve open in order to avoid or remove any ice coat on the
cylinder walls. At the 20 sec. expiry, the dasher will automatically start.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
6-1
$'-8670(176
9,68$/,=$7,216
It is possibile to visualize on the OP display (Fig. 6-1 pos. 2) values needed to adjust correctly:
• the mix flow;
• overrun;
• viscosity;
• ice cream pressure;
• recipes.
0,;)/2:
To carry out the mix flow adjustment according to one’s own requirements it is enough to go to the OP at page 2
“Mix flow”.
Push the button
to activate the insert mode. The datum to modify starts blinking.
Through the indicators
modify the blinking value next to the word “New”.
Once the desired value has been reached, push
to make the edited value become the current one.
↵
29(5581
To carry out the overrun adjustment according to one’s own needs it just takes going to the OP at page 3
“Overrun”.
Push the button
to activate the insert mode. The datum to modify starts blinking.
Through the indicators
edit the blinking value next to the word “New”.
Once the desired value has been achieved, push
to make the modified value become the current one.
↵
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M862000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
6-2
)LJ±$GMXVWPHQWV
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
6-3
9,6&26,7<
In order to obtain an ice crem with the desired viscosity, the freezing installation is prearranged for a partial blowby of the cylinder hot gas (evaporator).
The control system is shown below.
Operator panel
current
Set-point
PLC
Dasher
motor
current
PID
regulator
Hot gas
solenoid valve
)LJ±9LVFRVLW\
The current absorption by the dasher motor increases as the ice cream viscosity does.
The current is measured through an A/V converter, whose outlet is brought to the PLC. The PLC is charged to
transfer the datum to the OP (see start page and viscosity page) and to elaborate it inside a PID regulator.
The desired viscosity value, is introduced into the OP (set-point) and transferred to the PLC.
The PID regulator, comparing the current data and the set-point, generates an impulsive outlet that controls the
hot gas valve in order to keep the ice cream viscosity within the desired parameters.
Push the button
to activate the insert mode. The datum to modify starts blinking.
Through the indicators
edit the blinking value aside the word “New”.
Once the desired value has been reached, push
to make the edited value become the current one.
↵
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
6-4
,&(&5($035(6685(
If, due to particolar needs like a reduced viscosity at a low flow, the ice cream pressure should be reduced, it
would take going to the OP at page 5 “Ice cream pressure”.
Push the button
to activate the insert mode. The datum to modify starts blinking.
Through the indicators
edit the blinking value next to the word “New”.
Once the desired value has been reached, push
to make the edited value become the current one..
↵
5(&,3(6
To carry out the recipe selection according to one’s own needs, it just takes going to the OP at page 6 “Recipe
change and language change”.
Push the button
to activate the insert mode. The datum to modify starts blinking.
Through the indicators
edit the blinking value next to the word “New”.
Once the desired value has been reached, push
to make the edited value become the current one.
↵
By pushing the F2 key, the language on the OP will become english; by pushing the F3 key, it will turn back to
italian (see paragraph 3.8.6).
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-1
&/($1,1*$1'0$,17(1$1&(
To guarantee a high quality level of the product and a good machine functioning, it takes carrying out regular
cleaning and washing operations.
Such operations must start with a hot water pre-washing to remove the coarsest dirt, followed by a basic washing
for the remaining fats and by an acid washing for the calcareous incrustations.
At the end, it is advisable to execute a general una disinfection to eliminate the bacteria and a cold water rinsing.
The washing frequency must be checked experimentally according to the work conditions and to the used
products.
:$51,1*&KRRVHWKHGHWHUJHQWVPLQGLQJWKHLUHPSOR\HDVHDQGWKHXVHVDIHW\IRUWKHRSHUDWRUVDQGIRU
WKHPDWHULDOVZLWKZKLFKWKHPDFKLQHLVPDGH
$V DQ H[DPSOH ZH VKRZ LQ WKH IROORZLQJ SDJHV D OLVW RI WKH VXJJHVWHG GHWHUJHQWV DYDLODEOH LQ PDQ\
ZRUOG¶VFRXQWULHV
:$51,1* 7KH IROORZLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQV MXVW DLP WR JLYH WKH RSHUDWRU D JHQHUDO JXLGH WR FDUU\ RXW WKH
ZDVKLQJRSHUDWLRQV7KHRSHUDWRUWKHQGHSHQGLQJRQKLVH[SHULHQFHDQGE\PHDQVRISURSHUHTXLSPHQW
ZLOOHYDOXDWHWKHULJKWSURFHGXUHWRIROORZ
6LGDP GRHV QRW UHFRJQL]H DQ\ UHVSRQVLELOLW\ IRU GDPDJHV WKDW FDQ GHULYH IURP LQHIIHFWLYH ZDVKLQJV RU
VDQLILFDWLRQVRIWKHPDFKLQH
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-2
&,3:$6+,1*
It is possible to carry out a washing up of the freezer by using the C.I.P. system.
The C.I.P. is a method to wash the machine without disassembling all the parts that have come into contact with
the mix.
The C.I.P. cleaning is recommended as it provides a better cleaning than the hand one and reduces the damages
to the polished surfaces and wearing parts.
To carry out the C.I.P. washing:
1) Connect the C.I.P. sending pipeline to the mix inlet (Fig. 7-1 pos. 1) and the ice cream offload line (Fig. 7-1
pos. 2) to the blow-by tank return one.
2) Rinse thoroughly with water to remove as much of mix as possible. The water used should be cold at first,
then heated up to 32 °C (90 °F) or 38 °C (100 °F) to melt the ice cream in the freezer.
3) Prepare a solution with water and detergent in a proper container (see also paragraph 7.2). It is of main
importance not to use agent detergents, as they could damage the cylinder hard chrome plating. Make sure
that the detergent has melt out before making the solution circulate. Use a minimum of 250 liters (65 gallons)
of solution.
4) Make sure the time set on the “CIP” page is correct (see page “CIP cycle duration set-up” paragraph 3.8.7.
5) Push the C.I.P. button.
6) Let the solution circulate, starting from 38 °C (100 °F) and rinsing it up to 60 °C (140 °F), in order to heat
gradually up the freezer parts.
7) After having circulated the cleaning solution, rinse thouroughly, first with hot water and then with each time
warmer water. Use the same C.I.P. pump for rinsing. It is important that all the celaning solution gets
removed.
8) Turn the pump off, cut the water out and disconnect the inlet and outlet lines.
The mix sending and the freezer should be sanitized just before the production stage.
After the sanitation, do not disassemble the machine parts to avoid contamination.
)LJ±&,3ZDVKLQJ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-3
287(5:$6+,1*352*5$0
The washing up of the outer parts of the machine must begin with a hot water pre-washing (max. 50°C) to remove
the coarsest dirt, followed by a cleaning washing which is let operate for about 10 minutes.
Rinse it all with water and proceed with a following acid descaling washing which is let operate for at least 15-20
minutes.
Eventually, rinse with water again, carry out a general disinfection and a further rinsing with cold water.
6XJJHVWHGGHWHUJHQW
'HWHUJHQW:DVKLQJ
Frothing alkaline detergent or gel with high fats emulsifying power.
Concentration between 2 ÷ 10% depending on the dirt and on the water hardness.
'HVFDOLQJ:DVKLQJ
Acid descaling agent with low viscosity containing a mixture of dampening and emulsifying agents.
Concentration between 2 ÷ 3%.
'LVLQIHFWDQW:DVKLQJ
Disinfectant diluted with water.
Concentration between 1 ÷ 1,2%.
:$51,1*'RQRWXVHKLJKSUHVVXUHZDWHUMHWV
:$51,1*7KHOLTXLGRIIORDGVKDYHWREHWUHDWHGDFFRUGLQJWRWKHVWDQGDUGLQIRUFHLQWKHFRXQWU\ZKHUH
WKHPDFKLQHLVLQVWDOOHG
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-4
5(&200(1'(''(7(5*(176
SIDAM will not be responsible for Your use of detergents.
Refer to the manufacturer who can inform about correct use, removal, etc..
The detergent used must be fit for the blow-by cleaning and must be chosen according to the water hardness and
local conditions.
The following table reports the detergents suggested by Henkel-Ecolab.
These detergents have been tested and used by various european Companies in the ice cream industry.
SIDAM recommends the use of these detergents or of other brands correspondent products.
'(7(5*(17
P3-mip LF
P3-tresolin ST
P3-steril
P3-horolith CIP
(P3-horolith MSW)
'(6&5,37,21
Alkaline cleaner with surfactants
Neutral cleaner
Cleaner with disinfecting qualities
Acid cleaner with surfactants
&21&
1.0-2.0
0.5-2.0
0.5-2.0
0.5-1.5
7(03
ƒ&
60-80
20-50
20-50
60-80
7,0(
0,1
10-40
10-30
10-30
10-30
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-5
67$1'$5'0$,17(1$1&(
'DLO\PDLQWHQDQFH
At the end of the day, it is necessary to clean and sanitize the machine in accordance with what is reported in the
cleaning section.
:HHNO\PDLQWHQDQFH
1) Extract and check the dasher (see relative paragraph) at least weeekly (make sure You are using the proper
supplied tool not to scratch the cylinder chrome plate)
2) Inspect the chrome in the tube. The tube should be smooth and bright. If there are any rough areas, marks
or evidence of deterioration of the plating, find the problems and correct it.
3) Check blades. Inspect the scraper blades weekly of after every 40 operating hours. More frequent inspection
is needed if the product are sherbets or low fat mixes. Worn or rough blades will eventually gauge the
chrome plating in the freezing tube. It is a good practice to keep a complete set of spare blades and to
change them regularly.
4) Replace the seals in the pumps and dasher shafts. It may be necessary to replace these seals more
frequently than once a week if the freezer is in continuous operation. The life expectancy of the O-rings is 100
hours.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-6
0RQWKO\PDLQWHQDQFH
1) Check the stretch of the frosting cylinder shaft handling belt. The belt must not be too stretched. If the belt has
been stretched or is worn, replace it with en equivalent one.
2) Rotating the corresponding stretching screws (Fig. 7-2 pos. 1), stretch the belt to an extent that the flexion is
about 6mm applying a 10 kg force.
10 kg
)LJ±6WDQGDUGPDLQWHQDQFH
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-7
3ODWHFRQGHQVHUPDLQWHQDQFH
TYPES OF WATER
The water can be classified as:
Mains water. Usually optimal, but it is not used in the condensers due to its high cost.
It is instead used for the reinstatement in the evaporation towers.
Town water. It usually has a low biologic content, but the concentration of corrosive or encrusting salts can be very
high. The solid particles content can be very high too.
A pre-treatment may be needed.
Tower water. The water circulates in an open circuit between the condenser and the evaporation tower.
The water is normally 15-20 °C hotter than the town water in the same area. The salt content can be 10 times
higher than the reinstatement water one, which is usually mains water.
In areas with polluted water, this can recollect dust and corrosive gasses.
PLATE CONDENSER CLOGGING
The clogging causes two main effects:
Increases the load losses;
Decreases the thermic exchange.
Some substances cause only the first effect, some others just the second one; others cause both.
LOAD LOSSES INCREASE
Particles in water, fibres, leaves and wood pieces coming from the evaporation tower can clog the exchanger
entry.
The load loss grows, even though this does not affect directly the exchanger thermic yield, yet indirectly due to the
flow variation.
Usually, particles like sand pass through the exchanger if their diameter is lower than about 1 mm.
PREVENTION AND WASHING
There are basically two methods to prevent the load losses increase:
&RXQWHUFXUUHQWIORZ
The flow in the exchanger is inverted.
This method is acceptable if the water does not contain too thin particles that can nest inside the exchanger. The
GIF 600 is fit for countercurrent washing.
)LOWHU
A filter with an 0.5-1.5 mm link width is installed in the circuit of the evaporation tower, better before the pump,
which has to be guarded too.
The link width depends on the water quality.
A very narrow link is not necessarily the best solution: even though this would keep the exchanger clean, the
problem would simply be transferred to the filter, which would need frequent openings and cleanings.
On the other hand, a too wide link would transfer the trouble to the exchanger.
Therefore, if the filter is easy to be inspected and the condenser is supposed to operate many hours a day, it is
advisable to use a narrow link; if the condenser can stay in stand-by for long periods and the filter is not easy to be
inspected, rather use a larger link. Anyway, it is always better to use a link as narrow as possible.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-8
INCRUSTATION ON THE EXCHANGE SURFACE
It happens when the exchanger interior surface is gradually coated with a limestone layer.
The thermic yield gets worse but the load loss is not affected by that, at least at the beginning.
The various types of cloggings due to the evaporation towers open circuit can be classified as follows.
9LVFRXVSURGXFWV
Oils and greases can enter the circulation and lay on the exchanger surface.
/LPHVWRQH
Some inorganic salts have an inverted solubility curve, that is the solubility in water decreases as the temperature
increases.
Therefore, when the colder water gets in touch with the condenser surface, these salts lay on the surface.
Some salts, like the anhydrite (CaSO4), are very difficult to melt, whereas others, like the calcium carbonate
(CaCO3) are easily melted with an acid solution.
6HDZHHGV
During some periods of the year, mainly in summer, the water can include seaweeds.
If the seaweeds have big dimensions, they can be stopped by the filter, otherwise they can reach the exchanger.
Apart from the yield decrease, the seaweeds deposit can act to start corrosion.
If the evaporation tower is not treated with a seaweed-killer, the tower open frame eases the seaweeds
proliferation; the seaweeds cannot develop in a closed circuit, as they need light to grow.
0XVKURRPVDQGEDFWHULD
Differently from the seaweeds, they can develop everywhere and cannot be stopped by filters, so it is impossible
to stop their growth if the conditions are favorable for them.
Some bacteria can be fed with sulfate present in the water, turning them into sulphuric acid, which causes
corrosion.
Others absorb iron, melted or in oxid shape, forming a viscous film.
Some others absorb compounds of azote and phosphorus, forming a slush upon the exchanger surface.
As the condenser is the hottest point in the system, its surface is a proper place for the bacteria to nest.
The water can seem normal if inspected, even though it contains a bacteria load, and that makes this kind of
clogging very hard to locate.
The mushrooms produce an effect similar to the bacteria, but they are usually harder to eliminate.
6DQGGHSRVLWVHWF
Sand, dust, etc. can lay by the exchanger entry, but usually at very low speed of water.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-9
PREVENTION AND CLEANING
The water treatment is a complex topic, specially the biological contamination control. Some products are toxic,
and so they are subjected to regulations and controls by the law, all of this makes necessary the consultation of a
specialist in water treatment.
Cleaning liquids can be corrosive or dangerous anyway.
Therefore, it is better to use commercial products instead of chemical basic products.
The commercial products very often contain inhibitors to prevent or reduce the corrosion, apart from mixtures of
different compounds to attack a wide range of microorganisms.
They are also kitted with proper instructions, safety precautions and sometimes warranty.
CONDENSER WASHING
For the cleaning/washing of the cooling water circuit proceed as follows:
a) Shut the cooling water intercepting valves off (Fig. 7-2 pos. 1 and 2).
b) Remove the closing hexagon plugs (Fig. 7-2 pos. 3 and 4).
c) Link the sending scales-removing tube to the connection (Fig. 7-2 pos. 3) and the return tube to the
connection (Fig. 7-2 pos. 4) using a proper equipment with close circuit washing pump.
d) Proceed with the cooling water circuit washing: first feed with detergents fit for removing the fat remaining
parts, then with organic acids compatible with copper (formic, citric, acetic acid, etc.).
e) Eventually, rinse it all with cold water and reset the circuit closing the inlet and the outlet with the proper plugs
(Fig. 7-2 pos. 3 and 4).
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-10
)LJ±&RQGHQVHUZDVKLQJ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-11
38036$66(0%/<',6$66(0%/<
127( 7KH 6,'$0 SXPSV DUH GHVLJQHG ZLWK YHU\ ORZ WROHUDQFHV DQG KLJK GHJUHHV RI
HQJLQHHULQJHIILFLHQF\'XULQJDVVHPEO\QHYHUIRUFHWKHPDWLQJSDUWV
3XPSGLVDVVHPEO\
1) Loosen the nut (Fig. 7-4 pos. 3) and screw three turns out the backlash adjusting handwheel (Fig. 7-4 pos. 2).
2) Remove the 4 fixing screws (Fig. 7-4 pos. 1) of the pump on the freezer.
3) Remove the pump and place it on an easy prearranged work plan.
)LJ±3XPSVDVVHPEO\GLVDVVHPEO\
4)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-12
Screw out the 4 nuts (Fig. 7-5 pos. 1), remove the washers (Fig. 7-5 pos. 2) and slide the lid off (Fig. 7-5 pos.
3).
)LJ±3XPSVDVVHPEO\GLVDVVHPEO\
5)
Using a plastic/wooden hammer (Fig. 7-6 pos. 1) as indicated by the drawing, remove the pump body (Fig. 76 pos. 2) from the base (Fig. 7-6 pos. 3).
)LJ±3XPSVDVVHPEO\GLVDVVHPEO\
6)
7)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-13
Disassemble the various sets (Fig. 7-7 pos. 1-2-3) controlling their efficiency and wear.
Replace the O-ring gaskets (Fig. 7-7 pos. 4).
)LJ±3XPSVDVVHPEO\GLVDVVHPEO\
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-14
3XPSDVVHPEO\
8) Eventually, mount it all back following backwards the operations as above.
9) Pay attention to the pumps, which must be installed on the machine rests with the “0” pointers facing the
frosting cylinder as shown in the drawing (see Fig. 7-8) (Mix pump pointer up, ice cream pump pointer down).
)LJ±3XPSVDVVHPEO\GLVDVVHPEO\
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-15
10) At the end of the assembly of the pump, adjust the rotor axial slack proceeding as described below:
- Rotate manually in clockwise sense the handwheel (Fig. 7-9 pos. 1) up to the end of the run and tighten
hard manually.
- Loosen rotating in counterclockwise sense up to one notch on the handwheel (Fig. 7-9 pos. 2) to provide
some slack.
- Tighten with a fork-wrench the counter-nut (Fig. 7-9 pos. 3) on the handwheel thread taking care not to let
the handwheel rotate.
127(&DUU\RXWWKLVRSHUDWLRQDWWKHEHJLQQLQJRIHYHU\SURGXFWLYHVHDVRQ
)LJ±3XPSVDVVHPEO\GLVDVVHPEO\
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-16
'$6+(5$66(0%/<',6$66(0%/<
:$51,1* ZHDU DQWLVOLGH UHVLVWLQJ JORYHV DQG DOZD\V XVH WKH FOHDW ZKHQ UHPRYLQJ GLVDVVHPEOLQJ
DVVHPEOLQJWUDQVSRUWLQJRULQVWDOOLQJWKHGDVKHU7KHEODGHVKDYHDVKDUSHGJHZKLFKFDQFRPHRXWWR
EHGDQJHURXVLIQRWKDQGOHVZLWKSUHFDXWLRQ
'DVKHUGLVDVVHPEO\
1) Screw out the flange (Fig. 7-10 pos. 2) locking screws (Fig. 7-10 pos. 1).
2) Extract the flange (Fig. 7-10 pos. 2) or the whipper (Fig. 7-10 pos. 3).
)LJ±'DVKHUGLVDVVHPEO\
3)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-17
Insert the cleat (Fig. 7-11 pos. 1) in the dasher keeping this latter slightly lifted (Fig. 7-11 pos. 2).
)LJ±'DVKHUGLVDVVHPEO\
4)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-18
Extract the dasher (Fig. 7-12 pos. 1) from the cooling cylinder using the proper cleat (Fig. 7-12 pos. 2) and the
extracting tool (Fig. 7-12 pos. 3).
)LJ±'DVKHUGLVDVVHPEO\
5)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-19
Remove the shaft (Fig. 7-13 pos. 1) from the flange (Fig. 7-13 pos. 2) replacing the O-ring gasket (Fig. 7-13
pos. 3) and the brasses (Fig. 7-13 pos. 4 e 5).
)LJ±'DVKHUGLVDVVHPEO\
6)
7)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-20
Lay the dasher (still on the cleat) on a fit work plan and remove the blades.
Remove and replace the gasket (Fig. 7-14 pos. 1) positioned on the rear part of the dasher (Fig. 7-14 pos. 2)
taking care not to squash or cut it. It is a good habit to lubricate the gasket with some vaseline.
)LJ±'DVKHUGLVDVVHPEO\
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-21
'DVKHUDVVHPEO\
1) Mount the blades (Fig. 7-15 pos. 1) back on the dasher and insert this latter back inside the cooling cylinder
using the cleat (Fig. 7-15 pos. 2) and the extracting tool (Fig. 7-15 pos. 3).
)LJ±'DVKHUDVVHPEO\
2)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-22
After having isterted the dasher, rotate it up to perfect coupling with the rear motor drive (Fig. 7-16 pos. 1).
)LJ±'DVKHUDVVHPEO\
3)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-23
Eventually, with the dasher positioned, extract the cleat (Fig. 7-17 pos. 1) keeping the dasher in position
slightly lifted.
)LJ±'DVKHUDVVHPEO\
4)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-24
Before close the dasher back with the propro flange, make sure the blades are placed inside the cylinder as
shown in the picture below (vedi Fig. 7-18).
)LJ±'DVKHUDVVHPEO\
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
7-25
%/$'(60$,17(1$1&(),*
Since the blades scrape the cooling cylinder, the edge gets worn, and featheredge is formed.
A blade is in good conditions when the transversal profile is as shown in the drawing.
A blade is not in fine conditions when the edge width in the area leaning onto the cylinder surface is more than 0,5
mm or when the wear has caused the forming of featheredge.
We recommend to replace the worn-out blades with original spare ones and not to reset the correct profile in a
handicraft way.
To renew the worn-out blades, turn to a specialized workshop that make the job with machines and equipment fit
for an accurate working without deforming the piece.
)LJ±%ODGHVPDLQWHQDQFH
127($EODGHFDQEHVKDUSHQHGXSWRDPLQLPXPZLGWKRIPP$WRRQDUURZEODGHGRHV
QRW JHW FRUUHFWO\ LQ WRXFK ZLWK WKH ZDOO DQG ZLOO QRW VFUDSH LQ DQ HIILFLHQW ZD\ 5HSODFH WKH
EODGHLIWKHWRWDOZLGWKLVOHVVWKDQPP
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
8-1
7528%/(6+227,1*
&DXVHVRIDQLPSHUIHFWIXQFWLRQLQJFRXOGEH
1)
0DFKLQHGRHVQRWLJQLWH
- The general switch is in position “0” or troubled. Rotate to position “1” or replace.
2)
6XSSO\DLUSUHVVXUHQRWLQFOXGHGLQWKHUHTXLUHGYDOXHVUDQJH
-
Check if the machine is supplied with compressed air at the required pressure.
Check that no pressure drops are in the pneumatic installation.
Check that the pressure adjusting switch is not badly adjusted or damaged.
3)
7KHSXPSVVWRSRUGRQRWLJQLWH
- Troubled control push-button. Replace it.
- Inverter overcurrent protection. Wait 20 seconds and re-activate the pump.
- Inverter is broken of in emergency state. Disconnect the general switch and turn it back on after some
minutes.
4)
7KHZKLSSLQJVKDIWVWRSVRUGRHVQRWLJQLWH
- Thermic protection tripped. Reset the thermic protection.
- Troubled control push-button. Replace it.
- Troubled motor. Repair or replace it.
5)
7KHIUHH]LQJFRPSUHVVRUGRHVQRWLJQLWH
- Thermic protection tripped. Reset.
- Troubled control push-button. Replace it.
6)
&RQGHQVDWLRQSUHVVXUHRIIWKHDOORZHGUDQJH
- The calibration value in the factory is 15 bar (Fig. 8-1 pos. 1). Check that the pointer of the condensation
manometer is inside the green area of the scale. If it was not like this, check that all the cocks on the line
that brings water to the freezer are open and that the water reaches regularly the machine. Check the
water temperature (it should be > 5, < 31°C) and, if necessary, adjust the pressure adjusting valve (Fig. 81 pos. 2) acting with the handwheel (Fig. 8-1 pos. 3) placed on the top of the valve to bring the pressure to
15 bar.
127(7KHIUHH]LQJLQVWDOODWLRQLVDFFXUDWHO\FDOLEUDWHGGXULQJWKHIDFWRU\WHVW7KHUHIRUHZH
UHFRPPHQGQRWWRDGMXVWLW+RZHYHULIWKHDGMXVWPHQWZDVQHFHVVDU\WXUQWRDUHIULJHUDWLRQ
ZLVHWHFKQLFLDQH[SHUWLQORZWHPSHUDWXUHLQGXVWULDOLQVWDOODWLRQV
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
8-2
)LJ±7URXEOHVKRRWLQJ
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
8-3
29(5/2$'3,/27/,*+76
If a drive stops, the corresponding pilot light on the control panel switch on and the freezer must be inspected to
find the source of such a stop.
When the compressor stops, it is also necessary to check the gas pressure switch and the electronic protection:
they could have the contacts open or could be broken down.
Such operations must be done before acting on the wiring plant.
:$51,1*%HYHU\FDUHIXOWRWKHZLULQJGLDJUDPZKHQZRUNLQJDWWKHHOHFWULFSODQW
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
M8620000GB-UL
9-1
6&+(0(6$1'63$5(3$576
/,672)6&+(0(6
1352*
&2'(
'(6&5,37,21
(1&/26('1ƒ
1
WIRING DIAGRAM
1
2
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
2
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
M8620000GB-UL
9-2
$66(0%/<'5$:,1*6
1352*
&2'(
1
2
3
4
5
T08620100
T08620200
T08620300
T08620400
T08620500
'(6&5,37,21
GENERAL ASSEMBLY
DASHER GROUP
PUMPS
FREEZING SYSTEM
PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
1$77$&+('
6+((76
1
1
1
1
1
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
M8620000GB-UL
Drwng. Nr. T8620100
326
&2'(
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
5000346
5000346
1100171
1650001
∗
∗
5000343
/
4010375
4010376
907629900
'(6&5,37,21
MIX DELIVERY PUMPS
ICE CREAM DELIVERY PUMP
FRAME FOR FREEZER
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FEET
FREEZING COMPRESSOR
DASHER MOTOR
FREEZER CYLINDER
CONTROL PANEL
FAN MOTION
GRATE
CORIOLIS MASS FLOW MEASURING SYSTEM
∗ = See “Voltage Versions Table” page 9-8
9-3
= ∗ = See “Voltage Versions Table” page 9-8
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
M8620000GB-UL
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
Drwng. Nr. T8620200
326
&2'(
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
∗
2015731
2032114
∗
4290118
1700078
1790020
2015674
1660116
1300047
1490011
2015738
2020212
2015641
2015727
2032114
1200034
2015711
1450010
2164462
2015710
1370147
1950050
1350040
2164087
1020026
1130071
1130070
1330013
1330014
2141063
1130073
2163275
4140217
1370148
2015679
1050064
2060130
2070045
2015643
1370149
4141525
2164300
4140218
1230336
2015601
2164475
'(6&5,37,21
ELECTRIC MOTOR
INOX TE SCREW M12x30
NOTCHED WASHER Ø14
MOTOR PULLEY
TIMING BELT
OPERATION PULLEY
SEAL WASHER OPERATION PULLEY
INOX TE SCREW M8x20
DASHER MOTOR SUPPORT PLATE
DASHER DRIVE BOX
ANTI-CONDENSATE GUARD SHEET
TE SCREW M12x90
INOX HEXAGONAL NUT M12
INOX TE SCREW M6x12
INOX TE SCREW M12x22
NOTCHED WASHER Ø14
FREEZER CYLINDER ØI =100
INOX TE SCREW M10x20
FREEZER CYLINDER GASKET
OR 4462 GASKET
INOX TE SCREW M10x16
FREEZER CYLINDER LID
SPECIAL FIXING SCREW
DASHER TRACTION BEARINGS SPACER
OR 4087 GASKET
ECCENTRIC DASHER GIF 600
ECCENTRIC FRONT BUSH
ECCENTRIC BACK BUSH
SCRAPE BLADE GIF 600
CYLINDER DASHER
DEM 63 GASKET
WEAR RING DASHER
OR 3275 GASKET
3209 A – 2RS BEARING
FREEZER CYLINDER BOTTOM
INOX TE SCREW M8x50
DASHER TRACTION SHAFT
FEATHER 12x8x30
ELASTIC RING SEEGER E 45
INOX TE INOX M6x16
BEARINGS LID
GROMMET SM 55-72-8
OR 4300 GASKET
RADIAL BALL BEARING 6209-2RS
PLEXIGLASS TIMING CASE
TE SCREW M4x10
OR 4475 GASKET
∗ = See “Voltage Versions Table” page 9-8
9-4
= ∗ = See “Voltage Versions Table” page 9-8
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
M8620000GB-UL
Drwng. Nr. T8620300
326
&2'(
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
781720597
2031024
2015675
1550019
2020108
2033005
2099004
2060062
1050066
4021063
4021061
2020217/1
1320021
2070025
4140110
1880003
1350042
4140220
1300048
1790022
2015675
2020108
2031024
7811712262
2163250
2164212
781712233
2164162
781712736
781713080
781712487
2099005
7811712266
781712005
2015014
G781720600
781712525
781712400
2160049
781712707
2160112
'(6&5,37,21
MIX COMPLETE PUMP
INOX PLAIN WASHER Ø 8x24
INOX TE SCREW M8x25
PUMP SHAFT PRESSURE SLEEVE
CAP NUT INOX M8
GROVER INOX M8
STUD BOLT M8x85
INOX FEATHER 8x7x80
PUMP TRACTION SHAFT
REDUCTION GEAR
ELECTRIC MOTOR
LOW HEXAGONAL NUT M16x1,5
PUMP ADJUSTMENT KNOB
INOX EXTERNAL SEEGER E 25
RADIAL BALL BEARING
PUMP SUPPORT GIF 600
PUMP REDUCTION SPACER
BEARING 3304 – A – 2RS1
PUMP ADJUSTMENT BODY
CAP PRESSURE
INOX TE SCREW M8x25
HEX-CAP NUT INOX M8
WASHER
LID
OR 3250 GASKET
OR 4212 GASKET
CIP PISTON
OR 4162 GASKET
MIX PUMP FRONT BODY
COIL FOR MIX PUMP
ROTOR FOR MIX PUMP
STUD BOLT M8x125
PUMP BACK BODY
FLANGE
TCEI SCREW M4x25
ICE CREAM COMPLETE PUMP
COIL FOR ICE CREAM PUMP
ROTOR FOR ICE CREAM PUMP
VARISEAL GASKET
ICE CREAM PUMP FRONT BODY
OR 112 GASKET
9-5
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
M8620000GB-UL
Drwng. Nr. T8620400
326
&2'(
1
2
3
4
5
5A
6
6A
7
7A
7B
8
9
10
11
12
13
5000343
4061781
∗
4061820
4061805
4061992
4061764
4080363
4061898
4061877
4061868
4010042
4061099
4010041
4080285
4061984
4110215
'(6&5,37,21
FREEZER CYLINDER
PRESSURE SWITCH
COMPRESSOR
LIQUID LAMP
LIQUID VALVE BODY
LIQUID VALVE COIL
HOT GAS VALVE BODY
HOT GAS VALVE COIL
THERMOSTATIC VALVE BODY
THERMOSTATIC POWER ELEMENT
THERMOSTATIC VALVE HOLE
HEAT EXCHANGER
FILTER
EXCHANGER
FAUCET
PRESSURE ADJUSTING VALVE
MANOMETER
∗ = See “Voltage Versions Table” page 9-8
9-6
= ∗ = See “Voltage Versions Table” page 9-8
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
M8620000GB-UL
Drwng. Nr. T8620500
326
&2'(
1
2
3
4
4A
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
5000348
4060901
4060821
4060621
4061181
4060563
1810027
4060819
4080375
4060886
4110225
4061009
'(6&5,37,21
STERILIZABLE FILTER
SEPARATING-THE-OIL FILTER/ACTIVED CARBON
SEPARATING-THE-OIL FILTER
CIP SOLENOID VALVE
COIL
PRESSURE SWITCH
SUPPORT
PRESSURE MULTIPLIER WITH REDUCTION GEAR
CHECK VALVE
SANITARY AIR CONTROL VALVE
MANOMETER
SILENCER
9-7
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
M8620000GB-UL
9-8
92/7$*(9(56,2167$%/(
7+5((3+$6(9+]
COMPRESSOR
DASHER MOTOR
PINION
4010076
4021060
1700080
(48,33('63$5(3$576
&2'(
4170001
2180012
1130070
1130071
2164462
1130073
2163275
2141063
4170353
4160710
'(6&5,37,21
CLAMP 1” ½
CLAMP GASKET 1” ½
ECCENTRIC BACK BUSH
ECCENTRIC FRONT BUSH
OR 4462 CYLINDER LID
DASHER SEAL WEAR RING
OR 3275 FOR CYLINDER HEAD
SEAL GASKETS DASHER DEM 63
STUB PIPE CLAMP DN 32
RUBBER HOLDER CLAMP 1” ½
48$17,7<
2
4
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
10-1
M8620000GB-UL
*8$5$17(($1'6(59,&(
*8$5$17((&21',7,216
Sidam guarantees the regular working of all machines sold as new for the term of twelve months from the delivery
date, provided that the Buyer discloses the working defects within 8 days from their discovery.
The term of twelve months above mentioned must be considered on the shift of work.
Such a guarantee will entitle the Buyer to free replacement - in the shortest possible time - of those parts which
should prove to be faulty because of bad material or bad workmanship.
Our guarantee is to be so interpreted that we deliver, free of charge, replacement parts or repairs parts which
within the period stipulated, due to faulty constructions, second rate materials, or bad workmanship, prove unfit for
use.
All charges in connection with our fitter’s intervention are at the Purchaser’s account. Freight, duty, etc. For
replacement parts are not included in our guarantee and must be paid by the Customer.
The parts replaced are our property and must be returned by the Purchaser, freight paid, if required by Sidam.
No free replacement will be made for those pieces rended defective through lack of skill of workers, through
deterioration caused by lack of lubrication through normal wear and tear, through irrational use of the machines or
through wrong assembly in case the latter is not carried out by Sidam.
We shall not be responsible and shall not pay compensation for stoppage of the plant, loss of profit, or loss of any
other kind.
The Buyer who defaults in his payments loses his right to any guarantee.
The sale of motors, separately or together with the machines, does not imply in any way Sidam’s responsibility.
Wiring and electrical equipment are always excluded from the guarantee.
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
10-2
M8620000GB-UL
63$5(3$57625'(5,1*352&('85(
Change a component in a favourable moment it means to maintain the plant working in best conditions and at the
same time to avoid worst damages.
You can follows three kinds of orders:
$REQUEST OF MECHANICAL OR
COMMERCIAL SPARE PARTS
WHICH ARE BROKEN OR WORN.
%.- REQUEST OF MECHANICAL OR
COMMERCIAL SPARE PARTS
MORE WORN.
352&('85($
352&('85(%
½ ,'(17,)<,),7,63266,%/(7+(
3$57%52.(125:251217+(
3/$17
½ ,'(17,)<7+(3$576:+,&+$5(
025(:251
½ ,'(17,)<72:+,&+3$572)7+(
0$&+,1(7+(3,(&(%52.(125
:251%(/21*6
½ ,'(17,)<72:+,&+3$572)7+(
0$&+,1(7+(3,(&(%52.(125
:251%(/21*686,1*<285
,16758&7,210$18$/
½ :+(1<28+$9(,'(17,)<7+(
*5283<28+$9(72)8//),//
7+()250$6)2//2:6
½ :+(1<28+$9(,'(17,)<7+(
*5283<28+$9(72)8//),//
7+()250$6)2//2:6
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
10-3
M8620000GB-UL
352&('85($%
63$5(3$5765(48(67)250
Please photocopy this form, fulfil it and sent by mail or fax to:
Spett.le
SIDAM S.r.l.
Via Fabio Filzi 37
20032 CORMANO (MI)
ITALY
--------------------------------------Tel. ++39-2-61554.1 (r.a.)
Fax. ++39-2-61.50.926
E-Mail: lubia@sidam.it
Internet: www.sidam.it
Customer……………………………………………Tel………………………..Fax……………
City………………………………………………Country……………………..
Machine model……………………………………
Serial no.……………………………………...
*URXSQR
3RVLWLRQ
T86201000
1
'HVFULSWLRQ
4W\
MIX DELIVERY PUMP
1
Best Regards,
-------------------------(Stamp and Signature)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
10-4
M8620000GB-UL
352&('85($%
63$5(3$5765(48(67)250
Please photocopy this form, fulfil it and sent by mail or fax to:
Spett.le
SIDAM S.r.l.
Via Fabio Filzi 37
20032 CORMANO (MI)
ITALY
--------------------------------------Tel. ++39-2-61554.1 (r.a.)
Fax. ++39-2-61.50.926
E-Mail: lubia@sidam.it
Internet: www.sidam.it
Customer……………………………………………Tel………………………..Fax……………
City………………………………………………Country……………………..
Machine model……………………………………
Serial no.……………………………………...
*URXSQR
3RVLWLRQ
'HVFULSWLRQ
4W\
Best Regards,
-------------------------(Stamp and Signature)
MANUAL
MACHINE
TYPE
FREEZER
GIF 600
VERSION
DATE
PAGE
1
2002
11-1
M8620000GB-UL
(1&/26('
:,5,1*',$*5$0
31(80$7,&',$*5$0
(/(&75,&$/%2$5'23(5$7,1*$1'0$,17(1$1&(0$18$/
0$7(5,$//,67
&(57,),&$7(7(670($685(&(57,),&$7(
&25,2/,60$66)/2:0(685,1*6<67(0
:,5,1*
',$*5$0
(1&/26(
31(80$7,&
',$*5$0
(1&/26(
(/(&75,&$/%2$5'
23(5$7,1*$1'
0$,17(1$1&(
0$18$/
(1&/26(
0$7(5,$/
/,67
(1&/26(
&(57,),&$7(
7(67
0($685(
&(57,),&$7(
(1&/26(
&25,2/,60$66
)/2:0(685,1*
6<67(0
(1&/26(
BA 058D/06/en/11.01
50098512
Valid as of software version:
V 1.02.XX (amplifier)
V 1.02.XX (communication)
PROline promass 80
Coriolis Mass Flow
Mesuring System
Description of Device Functions
MEASURING
VALUES
SYSTEMMEASURING
UNITS
VALUES
QUICKSYSTEM
SETUPUNITS
QUICK SETUP
OPERATION
OPERATION
USER INTERFACE
USER INTERFACE
TOTALIZER
TOTALIZER
MASS FLOW
UNIT MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW
COMMISSIONING
UNIT MASS FLOW
COMMISSIONING
LANGUAGE
LANGUAGE
ASSIGN
LINE 1
ASSIGN LINE 1
ASSIGN
TOTALIZER
ASSIGN
TOTALIZER
TEMPERATURE
UNIT MASS
UNIT
VOLUME FLOW
UNIT VOLUME
ASSIGN
STATUS
ASSIGN
STATUS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
ON-VALUE
ON-VALUE
STATUS
STATUS
INPUT
INPUT
ASSIGN STATUS
ASSIGN
STATUS
INPUT
INPUT
PROCESS
PARAMETER
PROCESS
SYSTEM
PARAMETER
PARAMETER
SYSTEM
SENSOR DATA
PARAMETER
SUPERVISION
SENSOR
DATA
SIMULATION SYST.
SUPERVISION
SENSOR VERSION
SIMULATION SYST.
AMP. VERSION
TAG
LF-CUTOFF
ASSIGN
INSTALLATION
LF-CUTOFF
DIRECTION
INSTALLATION
K-FACTOR
DIRECTION
ACTUAL SYSTEM
K-FACTOR
CONDITION
ACTUAL
SYSTEM
FAILSAFE
MODE
CONDITION
SERIAL
NUMBER
FAILSAFE MODE
SW-REV.
LINE 1
VALUE 20 mA
VALUE 20 mA
E
END VALUE
END VALUE
F
FREQUENCYVALUE FVALUE
LOW
FREQUENCY
SIMULATION
SIMULATION
STATUS
MIN. PULSE WIDTH
STATUS
MIN. PULSE WIDTH
TAG
TAG
DESCRIPTION
BUS ADDRESSE
AKTIVE LEVEL
DESCRIPTION
HART PROTOCOL
BUS ADDRESSE
OFF-VALUE
SENSOR
SENSOR VERSION
AMP.
SERIAL
NUMBER
TYPE
SENSOR
TYPE
AMP. VERSION
SW-REV.
AMP.
I/O-MODUL
TYPE
HART PROTOCOL
EPD
O
OFF-VALUE
POSITVE
ZERO
SYSTEM
RETURN
DAMPING
PO
POSITVE ZERO
NOMINAL
RETURN
DIAMETER
EPD
SYSTEM
SENSOR
TYPE DAMPING
NOMINAL
ASSIGN SYSTEM
ERROR SENSOR
ERROR
D
DIAMETER CATEGORY TYPE
VALUE
SIMULATION
PREVIOUS
SYST. ASS
ASSIGN
SYSTEM
SIMULATION
MEASURAND
CONDITION
ERROR
SIMULATION
TYPE
MEASURAND
I/O-MODUL
F LOW
OFF-VALUE
TIME CONSTANT
O
OFF-VALUE
TIME CONSTANT
AKTIVE LEVEL
ZERO
PREVIOUS
SYST.
CONDITION
POINT
UNIT SUM
VA
VALUE 0_4 mA
VALUE 0_4 mA
ASSIGN
MEASURING
ZERO
MODE
POINT
UNIT SUM
OVERFLOW
CURRENT SPAN
ON-VALUE
MEASURING
MODE
100% VALUE
LINE 2
O
OVERFLOW
CURRENT SPAN
ON-VALUE
LINE 2
100% VALUE
LINE 1
SUM
STATUS
STATUS
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
STATUS ACCESS
DEFINE PRIVATE
1
100% VALUE
100% VALUE
STATUS ACCESS
CODE
SUM
ASSIGN
FREQUENCY
FREQUENCY
TAG
NAME
NAME
ASSIGN
2
ASSIGN LINE 2
OPERATION
OPERATION
MODE
MODE
COMMUNICATION
DEF
DEFINE PRIVATE
CODE
ACCESS CODE
ACCESS
ASSIGNCODE
LINE
PULSE/FREQ.PULSE/FREQ.OUTPUT
OUTPUT
COMMUNICATION
UNIT VOLUME
DENSITY
ASSIGN CURRENT
ASSIGN CURRENT
TEMPERATURE
UNIT
VOLUME FLOW
UNIT MASS
CURRENT
CURRENT
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
DENSITY
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
SW-REV.-NO.
VALUE
SENSOR
S
SIMULATION
SW-REV.
I/O-MODUL
S
SW-REV.-NO.
SENSOR
SW-REV.
II/O-MODUL
ERROR
CATEGORY
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
2
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1
Function matrix PROline Promass 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.1
1.2
The function matrix: layout and use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Graphical illustration of the function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2
Group MEASURING VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
3
Group SYSTEM UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4
Group QUICK SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5
Group OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6
Group USER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
7
Group TOTALIZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
8
Group CURRENT OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
9
Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
10
Group STATUS OUTPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
10.1 Information on the response of the status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
10.2 Switching action of the status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
11
Group STATUS INPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
12
Group COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
13
Group PROCESS PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
14
Group SYSTEM PARAMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
15
Group SENSOR DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
16
Group SUPERVISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
17
Group SIMULATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
18
Group SENSOR VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
19
Group AMPLIFIER VERSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
20
Factory settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
20.1 SI units (not for USA and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.1.1 Low flow cut off, full scale value, pulse value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.1.2 Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.1.3 Density, length, temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2 US units (only for USA and Canada) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2.1 Low flow cut off, full scale value, pulse value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
20.2.2 Language, density, length, temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
21
53
53
53
53
54
54
54
Index of key words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Endress+Hauser
3
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Registered trademarks
HARTâ
Registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
S-DAT™
Registered trademark of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
4
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
1 Function matrix PROline Promass 80
1
Function matrix PROline Promass 80
1.1
The function matrix: layout and use
The function matrix is a two-level construct: the groups form one level, functions
the other.
The groups are the highest-level grouping of the control options for the measuring
device.
Each group comprises a number of functions.
You select a group in order to access the individual functions for controlling or
parameterizing the measuring device.
You will find an overview of the groups in the table of contents on Page 3 and in
the graphical representation of the function matrix on Page 7.
You will also find an overview of the functions on Page 7, complete with the page
references of the detailed function descriptions.
The descriptions of the individual functions start on Page 8.
F-x0xxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000
Example of how to parameterize a function (in this case changing the language for
the user interface):
Entry into the function matrix (F-key).
Select the OPERATION group.
Select the LANGUAGE function, change the setting from ENGLISH to DEUTSCH
P and save F (all texts displayed on the user interface appear in German).
Exit the function matrix (ESC > 3 seconds).
Endress+Hauser
5
1 Function matrix PROline Promass 80
6
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Endress+Hauser
100% VALUE
(p. 16)
UNIT TOTALIZER
(p. 18)
VALUE 20 mA
(p. 21)
VALUE F LOW
(p. 26)
PULSE VALUE
(p. 31)
TIME CONSTANT
(p. 34)
SIM. STATUS IN
(p. 37)
HART PROTOCOL
(p. 39)
100% VALUE
(p. 15)
OVERFLOW
(p. 18)
VALUE 0_4 mA
(p. 21)
END VALUE FREQ.
(p. 25)
ASSIGN PULSE
(p. 30)
OFF-VALUE
(p. 33)
MIN. PULSE WIDTH
(p. 37)
BUS ADDRESS
(p. 39)
ASSIGN LINE 2
(p. 15)
SUM
(p. 18)
CURRENT SPAN
(p. 20)
ASSIGN FREQUENCY
(p. 25)
VALUE SIM. FREQ.
(p. 30)
ON-VALUE
(p. 33)
ACTIVE LEVEL
(p. 37)
TAG DESCRIPTION
(p. 39)
LANGUAGE
(p. 14)
ASSIGN LINE 1
(p. 15)
ASSIGN TOTALIZER
(p. 18)
ASSIGN CURRENT
(p. 20)
OPERATION MODE
(p. 25)
SIMULATION FREQ.
(p. 30)
ASSIGN STATUS
(p. 33)
ASSIGN STATUS IN
(p. 37)
TAG NAME
(p. 39)
OPERATION
(p. 14)
USER INTERFACE
(p. 15)
TOTALIZER
(p. 18)
CURRENT OUTPUT
(p. 20)
PULSE/FREQ. OUT.
(p. 25)
STATUS OUTPUT
(p. 33)
STATUS INPUT
(p. 37)
COMMUNICATION
(p. 39)
TEMP. COEF. KM
(p. 47)
DENSITY COEF. C 5
(p. 48)
ERROR CATEGORY
(p. 49)
NOMINAL DIAMETER
(p. 47)
DENSITY COEF. C 4
(p. 48)
ASSIGN SYS. ERROR
(p. 49)
ZERO POINT
(p. 47)
DENSITY COEF. C 3
(p. 48)
PREV. SYS. COND
(p. 49)
K-FACTOR
(p. 47)
DENSITY COEF. C 2
(p. 48)
ACTUAL SYS. COND.
(p. 49)
SIM. FAILSAFE MODE
(p. 51)
SERIAL NUMBER
(p. 52)
SW-REV. AMP.
(p. 52)
SENSOR DATA
(p. 47)
SUPERVISION
(p. 49)
SIMULAT. SYSTEM
(p. 51)
SENSOR VERSION
(p. 52)
AMP. HW VERSION
(p. 52)
I/O MODUL TYPE
(p. 52)
SENSOR TYPE
(p. 52)
SW-REV. I/O
(p. 52)
SW-REV. S-DAT
(p. 52)
VALUE SIM. MEAS.
(p. 51)
DENSITY DAMPING
(p. 46)
POS. ZERO RETURN
(p. 46)
MEASURING MODE
(p. 44)
INSTL. DIR. SENSOR
(p. 44)
SYSTEM PARAMETER
(p. 44)
SIM. MEASURAND
(p. 51)
PRESSURE
(p. 43)
PRESSURE MODE
(p. 43)
RESTORE ORIGINAL
(p. 43)
DENSITY ADJUST
(p. 43)
ASSIGN LF-CUT OFF
(p. 40)
EMPTY PIPE DET.
(p. 41)
STATUS ACCESS
(p. 14)
DEF. PRIVATE CODE
(p. 14)
ACCESS CODE
(p. 14)
SETUP COMMISSION
(p. 12)
QUICK SETUP
(p. 12)
ON-VAL. LF-CUT OFF OFF-VAL. LF-CUT OFF
(p. 40)
(p. 40)
UNIT VOLUME
(p. 10)
UNIT VOLUME FLOW
(p. 10)
UNIT MASS
(p. 9)
UNIT MASS FLOW
(p. 9)
SYSTEM UNITS
(p. 9)
FAILSAFE MODE
(p. 19)
FAILSAFE MODE
(p. 23)
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(p. 28)
OUTPUT SIGNAL
(p. 32)
SIM. SWITCH POINT
(p. 34)
RESET TOTAL.
(p. 19)
TIME CONSTANT
(p. 23)
VALUE F HIGH
(p. 26)
PULSE WIDTH
(p. 31)
ACTUAL STATUS
(p. 34)
EPD VALUE HIGH
(p. 41)
EPD VALUE LOW
(p. 41)
FAILSAFE MODE
(p. 29)
SIMULATION CURR.
(p. 24)
TEST DISPLAY
(p. 17)
UNIT PRESSURE
(p. 11)
CAL. COEF. KD 1
(p. 47)
MIN. TEMP. CARR.
(p. 48)
ALARM DELAY
(p. 50)
TEMP. COEF. KT
(p. 47)
MAX. TEMP. MEAS.
(p. 48)
ERROR CATEGORY
(p. 50)
MIN. TEMP. MEAS.
(p. 48)
ASSIGN PROC. ERR.
(p. 49)
SYSTEM RESET
(p. 50)
MAX. TEMP. CARR.
(p. 48)
CAL. COEF. KD 2
(p. 47)
EPD RESPONSETIME ZERO POINT ADJUST
(p. 41)
(p. 42)
DEVICE ID
(p. 39)
VAL. SIM. SWIT. PNT
(p. 34)
FAILSAFE MODE
(p. 32)
TIME CONSTANT
(p. 28)
ACTUAL CURRENT
(p. 23)
CONTRAST LCD
(p. 16)
UNIT LENGTH
(p. 11)
TEMP. COEF. KM 2
(p. 47)
FLOW DAMPING
(p. 46)
MANUFACTURER ID
(p. 39)
WRITE PROTECTION
(p. 39)
VAL. SIM. STAT. IN
(p. 38)
DISPLAY DAMPING
(p. 16)
UNIT TEMPERATURE
(p. 11)
FORMAT
(p. 16)
UNIT DENSITY
(p. 11)
TROUBLESHOOTING
(p. 50)
DENSITY COEF. C 0
(p. 48)
DENSITY SET VALUE
(p. 42)
FAILSAFE VALUE
(p. 29)
VALUE SIM. CURR.
(p. 24)
DENSITY COEF. C 1
(p. 48)
MEASURE FLUID
(p. 42)
ACTUAL FREQ.
(p. 29)
1.2
PROCESS PARAM.
(p. 40)
TEMPERATURE
(p. 8)
DENSITY
(p. 8)
VOLUME FLOW
(p. 8)
MASS FLOW
(p. 8)
MEASURING VALUES
(p. 8)
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
1 Function matrix PROline Promass 80
Graphical illustration of the function matrix
7
2 Group MEASURING VALUES
2
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Group MEASURING VALUES
Function description MEASURING VALUES
!
Note!
• The engineering unit of the measured variable shown here can be set in the “SYSTEM UNITS” group
(see Page 9).
• If the fluid in the pipe flows backwards, a negative sign prefixes the flow reading on the display.
MASS FLOW
In this function, the currently measured mass flow appears on the display.
Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 462.87 kg/h; –731.63 lb/min; etc.)
VOLUME FLOW
In this function, the currently measured volumetric flow appears on the display.
The volumetric flow is derived from the measured mass flowrate and the density of the fluid measured.
Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. 5.5445 dm3/min; 1.4359 m3/h; –731.63 gal/d; etc.)
DENSITY
In this function, the currently measured density or the specific gravity appears
on the display.
Display shows:
5-digit fixed-point number, including unit
(e.g. 1.2345 kg/dm3; 993.5 kg/dm3; 1.0015 SG_20 °C; etc.)
TEMPERATURE
In this function, the currently measured temperature appears on the display.
Display shows:
5-digit floating-point number, including unit and sign
(e.g. –23.4 °C; 160.0 °F; 295.4 K; etc.)
8
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
3
3 Group SYSTEM UNITS
Group SYSTEM UNITS
Function description SYSTEM UNITS
You can select the unit for the measured variable in this function group.
UNIT MASS FLOW
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the mass flow (mass/time).
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Current output
• Frequency output
• Switching points (limit value for mass flow, flow direction)
• Low flow cut off
Options:
Metric:
gram → g/s; g/min; g/h; g/day
kilogram → kg/s; kg/min; kg/h; kg/day
Metric ton → t/s; t/min; t/h; t/day
US:
ounce → oz/s; oz/min; oz/h; oz/day
pound → lb/s; lb/min; lb/h; lb/day
ton → ton/s; ton/min; ton/h; ton/day
Factory setting:
Country dependent (kg/h or US lb/day)
UNIT MASS
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the mass.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Pulse value (e.g. kg/p)
Options:
Metric → g; kg; t
US → oz; lb; ton
Factory setting:
Country dependent (kg or US lb)
!
Note!
The unit for the totalizer is independent of your choice here, it is selected
separately in the TOTALIZER group (see Page 18).
Endress+Hauser
9
3 Group SYSTEM UNITS
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description SYSTEM UNITS
UNIT VOLUME FLOW
Use this function to select the unit for the volume flow.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Current output
• Frequency output
• Switching points (limit value for volume flow, flow direction)
• Low flow cut off
Options:
Metric:
Cubic centimeter → cm3/s; cm3/min; cm3/h; cm3/day
Cubic decimeter → dm3/s; dm3/min; dm3/h; dm3/day
Cubic meter → m3/s; m3/min; m3/h; m3/day
Milliliter → ml/s; ml/min; ml/h; ml/day
Liter → l/s; l/min; l/h; l/day
Hectoliter → hl/s; hl/min; hl/h; hl/day
Megaliter → Ml/s; Ml/min; Ml/h; Ml/day
US:
Cubic centimeter → cc/s; cc/min; cc/h; cc/day
Acre foot → af/s; af/min; af/h; af/day
Cubic foot → ft3/s; ft3/min; ft3/h; ft3/day
Fluid ounce → oz f/s; oz f/min; oz f/h; oz f/day
Gallon → gal/s; gal/min; gal/h; gal/day
Million gallon → Mgal/s; Mgal/min; Mgal/h; Mgal/day
Barrel (normal fluids: 31.5 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (beer: 31.0 gal/bbl)
bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (petrochemicals: 42.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (filling tanks: 55.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Imperial:
Gallon → gal/s; gal/min; gal/h; gal/day
Mega gallon → Mgal/s; Mgal/min; Mgal/h; Mgal/day
Barrel (beer: 36.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Barrel (petrochemicals: 42.0 gal/bbl) → bbl/s; bbl/min; bbl/h; bbl/day
Factory setting:
Country dependent (m3/h or US Mgal/day)
UNIT VOLUME
Use this function to select the unit for the volume.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Pulse value (e.g. m3/p)
Options:
Metric → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml
US → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Mgal; bbl (normal fluids); bbl (beer);
bbl (petrochemicals); bbl (filling tanks)
Imperial → gal; Mgal; bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals)
Factory setting:
Country dependent (m3 or US Mgal)
!
Note!
The unit for the totalizer is independent of your choice here, it is selected
separately in the TOTALIZER group (see Page 18).
10
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
3 Group SYSTEM UNITS
Function description SYSTEM UNITS
UNIT DENSITY
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the fluid density.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Current output
• Frequency output
• Switching points
• Density adjustment value
• Density responce value for EPD
Options:
Metric → g/cm3; g/cc; kg/dm3; kg/l; kg/m3; SD 4 °C, SD 15 °C, SD 20 °C;
SG 4 °C, SG 15 °C, SG 20 °C
US → lb/ft3; lb/gal; lb/bbl (normal fluids); lb/bbl (beer); lb/bbl (petrochemicals); lb/bbl (filling tanks)
Imperial → lb/gal; lb/bbl (beer); lb/bbl (petrochemicals)
Factory setting:
kg/l
SD = Specific Density, SG = Specific Gravity
The specific density is the ratio of fluid density to water
(at water temperature = 4, 15, 20 °C)
UNIT TEMPERATURE
Use this function to select the unit for displaying the temperature.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Current output
• Frequency output
• Switching points
Options:
°C (CELSIUS)
K (KELVIN)
°F (FAHRENHEIT)
R (RANKINE)
Factory setting:
°C (CELSIUS)
UNIT LENGTH
Use this function to select the unit for the unit of length for nominal diameter.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• nominal diameter of the sensor (see the NOMINAL DIAMETER function on
Page 47).
Options:
MILLIMETER
INCH
Factory setting:
Country dependent (MILLIMETER or INCH)
UNIT PRESSURE
Use this function to select the unit for pressure.
The unit you select here is also valid for:
• Specified pressure (see function DRUCK auf Page 43)
Option:
BAR G
PSI G
BAR A
PSI A
Factory setting:
BAR G
Endress+Hauser
11
4 Group QUICK SETUP
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
4
Group QUICK SETUP
Function description QUICK SETUP
QUICK SETUP
COMMISSION
Use this function to start the Setup menu for commissioning.
Options:
NO
YES
Factory setting:
NO
!
Note:
• The display returns to the QUICK SETUP COMMISSION cell if you press the ESC key
combination during programming of a parameter.
•
Only units not yet configured in the current Quick Setup are offered for selection
in each cycle. The unit for mass and volume is derived from the corresponding flow
unit.
•
The “YES” option remains visible until all the units have been parameterised.
“NO” is the only option displayed when no further units are available.
•
Only the outputs not yet configured in the current Quick Setup are offered for
selection in each cycle.
•
The “YES” option remains visible until all the outputs have been parameterised.
“NO” is the only option displayed when no further outputs are available.
12
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
-
Esc
+
E
4 Group QUICK SETUP
E
++
Quick Setup
Quick Setup
Commission
E+
HOME-POSITION
Language
Pre-setting
➀
Selection System Units
Mass flow
Volume flow
Density
Temperature
Unit
Mass flow
Unit
Volume flow
Unit
Density
Unit
Temperature
Unit
Totalizer
Unit
Totalizer
➁
Quit
Configuration another unit ?
Yes
No
Measuring
Mode
➂
Selection output type
Current output
Frequency/Pulse output
Quit
Operation mode
Frequency
Pulse
Assign
Current
Assign
Frequency
Assign
Pulse
Current span
End value
frequency
Pulse value
Value
0/4 mA
Value
F Low
Pulse width
Value
20 mA
Value
F High
Output signal
Time constant
Output signal
Failsafe mode
Failsafe mode
Time constant
Failsafe mode
➃ Configuration another output ?
Yes
No
Automatically configuration display ?
Yes
No
Automatically
parameterization
of the display
F-80xxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-000
Endress+Hauser
13
5 Group OPERATION
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
5
Group OPERATION
Function description OPERATION
LANGUAGE
Use this function to select the language for all texts, parameters and
messages shown on the local display.
Options:
ENGLISH
DEUTSCH
FRANCAIS
ESPANOL
ITALIANO
JAPANESE (syllabary)
!
Note!
If you press the P keys simultaneously during startup, the language defaults to
“ENGLISH”.
ACCESS CODE
All data of the measuring system are protected against inadvertent change.
Programming is disabled and the settings cannot be changed until a code is
entered in this function.
If you press the P key in any function the measuring system automatically
goes to this function and the prompt to enter the code appears on the display
(programming disabled).
You can enable programming by entering the personal code
(Factory setting = 80, see the DEFINE PRIVATE CODE function)
User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...9999
!
Note!
• The programming levels are disabled if you do not press a key within 60
seconds following return to the HOME position.
• You can also disable programming in this function by entering any number
(other than the defined private code).
• The Endress+Hauser service organization can be of assistance if you lose
your personal code.
DEFINE PRIVATE CODE
Use this function to define a personal code number for enabling programming.
User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...9999
Factory setting:
80
!
Note!
• If you define the personal code number = 0, the programming is always
enabled.
• Programming has to be enabled before this code can be changed.
When programming is disabled the function can’t be changed, this
precaution prevents others from changing your personal code without
your knowledge and consent.
STATUS ACCESS
Use this function to check the access status for the function matrix.
Display shows:
ACCESS CUSTOMER (Parameterization enabled)
LOCKED (Parameterization disabled)
14
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
6
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Group USER INTERFACE
Function description USER INTERFACE
ASSIGN LINE 1
Use this function to define the display value assigned to the main line (the
upper line of the local display) for display during normal measuring operation.
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
Factory setting:
MASS FLOW
ASSIGN LINE 2
Use this function to define the display value assigned to the additional line (the
bottom line of the local display) for display during normal measuring operation.
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
MASS FLOW IN %
VOLUME FLOW
VOLUME FLOW IN %
DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
TOTALIZER
TAG NAME
OPERATION/SYSTEM CONDITION
DISPLAY FLOW DIRECTION
MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN %
Factory setting:
TOTALIZER
100% VALUE
(Line 1)
!
Note!
This function is not available unless MASS FLOW IN % or VOLUME FLOW IN
% was selected in the ASSIGN LINE 1 function.
Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display as the
100% value of the variable assigned to line 1.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
• 10 kg/s (if MASS FLOW IN % or MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN % is selected)
• 10 l/s (if VOLUME FLOW IN % or VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN % is
selected)
Endress+Hauser
15
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description USER INTERFACE
100% VALUE
(Line 2)
!
Note!
This function is not available unless MASS FLOW IN %, MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN %, VOLUME FLOW IN % or VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN % was
selected in the ASSIGN LINE 2 function.
Use this function to define the flow value to be shown on the display as the
100% value of the variable assigned to line 2.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
• 10 kg/s (if MASS FLOW IN % or MASS FLOW BARGRAPH IN % is selected)
• 10 l/s (if VOLUME FLOW IN % or VOLUME FLOW BARGRAPH IN % is
selected)
FORMAT
Use this function to define the maximum number of places after the decimal
point displayed for the reading in the main line.
Options:
XXXXX. - XXXX.X - XXX.XX - XX.XXX -X.XXXX
Factory setting:
X.XXXX
!
Note!
• Note that this setting only affects the reading as it appears on the display, it
has no influence on the accuracy of the system's calculations.
• The places after the decimal point as computed by the measuring device
cannot always be displayed, depending on this setting and the engineering
unit. In these instances an arrow appears on the display between the measured value and the engineering unit (e.g. 1.2 → kg/h), indicating that the
measuring system is computing with more decimal places than can be
shown on the display.
DISPLAY DAMPING
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the display reacts to
severely fluctuating flow variables, either very quickly (enter a low time constant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
0...100 s
Factory setting:
1s
!
Note!
Setting the time constant to zero seconds switches off damping.
CONTRAST LCD
Use this function to optimize display contrast to suit local operating conditions.
User input:
10...100%
Factory setting:
50%
16
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
6 Group USER INTERFACE
Function description USER INTERFACE
TEST DISPLAY
Use this function to test the operability of the local display and its pixels.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
Test sequence:
1. Start the test by selecting ON.
2. All pixels of the main line and additional line are darkened for
minimum 0.75 second.
3. Main line and additional line show an “8” in each field for
minimum 0.75 second.
4. Main line and additional line show a “0” in each field for
minimum 0.75 second.
5. Main line and additional line show nothing (blank display) for
minimum 0.75 second.
6. When the test completes the local display returns to its initial state and the
setting changes to OFF.
Endress+Hauser
17
7 Group TOTALIZER
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
7
Group TOTALIZER
Function description TOTALIZER
ASSIGN TOTALIZER
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the totalizer.
Options:
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
MASS FLOW
!
Note!
The totalizer is reset to “0” as soon as the selection is changed.
SUM
Use this function to view the total for the totalizer measured variable
aggregated since measuring commenced. The value can be positive or
negative.
Display shows:
max. 7-digit floating-point number, including sign and unit (e.g. 15467.04 kg)
!
Note!
The totalizer response to faults is defined in the FAILSAFE MODE function
(see Page 19).
OVERFLOW
Use this function to view the overflow for the totalizer aggregated since
measuring commenced.
Total flow quantity is represented by a floating decimal point number
consisting of max. 7 digits. You can use this function to view higher
numerical values (>9,999,999) as overflows. The effective quantity is
thus the total of OVERFLOW plus the value returned by the SUM function.
Example:
Reading for 2 overflows: 2 E7 kg (= 20,000,000 kg)
The value returned by the SUM function = 196,845.7 kg
Effective total quantity = 20,196,845.7 kg
Display shows:
Integer with exponent, including sign and unit, e.g. 2 E7 kg
UNIT TOTALIZER
Use this function to define the unit for the totalizer measured variable, as
selected beforehand.
Options (for the MASS FLOW assignment):
Metric → g; kg; t
US → oz; lb; ton
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country,
[value] / [g ...kg or US oz...US ton]
corresponding to the totalizer unit factory setting (see Page 53 ff.)
Options (for the VOLUME FLOW assignment):
Metric → cm3; dm3; m3; ml; l; hl; Ml
US → cc; af; ft3; oz f; gal; Mgal; bbl (normal fluids); bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals); bbl (filling tanks)
Imperial → gal; Mgal; bbl (beer); bbl (petrochemicals)
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country,
[value] / [dm3 ...m3 or US gal...US Mgal]
corresponding to the totalizer unit factory setting (see Page 53 ff.)
18
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
7 Group TOTALIZER
Function description TOTALIZER
RESET TOTALIZER
Use this function to reset the sum and the overflow of the totalizer to zero
(= RESET).
Options:
NO
YES
Factory setting:
NO
!
Note!
If the device has a status input and is appropriately configured, a reset for the
totalizer can also be triggered by a pulse.
FAILSAFE MODE
Use this function to define the totalizer response to fault.
Options:
STOP
The totalizer is paused until the fault is rectified. The totalizer stops at the last
value prior to the occurrence of the error.
ACTUAL VALUE
The totalizer continues to count is based on the current flow measured value.
The fault is ignored.
HOLD VALUE
The totalizer continues to count the flow is based on the last valid flow value
(before the fault occurred).
Factory setting:
STOP
Endress+Hauser
19
8 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
8
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
ASSIGN CURRENT
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the current output.
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
Factory setting:
MASS FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only function shown in this group is these (ASSIGN
CURRENT) function.
CURRENT SPAN
Use this function to define the current range. You can configure the current
output either in accordance with the NAMUR recommendation (max. 20.5 mA)
or for a maximum drive of 25 mA.
Options:
NAMUR-compliant:
0-20 mA
4-20 mA
4-20 mA HART
not NAMUR-compliant:
0-20 mA (25 mA)
4-20 mA (25 mA)
4-20 mA (25 mA) HART
Factory setting:
4-20 mA HART
!
Note!
Select a 4-20 mA current range for switchover from an active to a passive
output signal (see BA 057D/06/en “Promass 80 Operating Instruction”).
20
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
8 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
VALUE 0_4 mA
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the DENSITY or TEMPERATURE option
was selected in the ASSIGN CURRENT function.
Use this function to assign a value to the 0/4 mA current, (see “Setting the
span by means of the 0_4 mA and 20 mA value” on Page 21).
Option:
5-digit floating-point number (with sign for the TEMPERATURE measured
variable)
Factory setting:
0.5 [kg/l] or –50 [°C]
VALUE 20 mA
Use this function to assign a value to the 20 mA current, (see “Setting the span
by means of the 0_4 mA and 20 mA value” on Page 21).
Option:
5-digit floating-point number (with sign for the MASS FLOW, VOLUME FLOW
and TEMPERATURE measured variables)
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter [kg/h] or 2 [kg/l] or 200 [°C]
Setting the span by
means of the 0_4 mA and
20 mA value
The span for the measured variable selected in the ASSIGN CURRENT
function is specified via the VALUE 0_4 mA and VALUE 20 mA functions.
The span is defined differently, depending on the measured variable selected:
MASS FLOW and VOLUME FLOW
• The VALUE 0_4 mA function is not available; the value for the zero flow (0
kg/h or 0m3/h) is assigned to the 0/4 mA current.
• The flow value for the 20 mA current is defined in the VALUE 20 mA function,
(input range –99999 to +99999). The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT
MASS FLOW or UNIT VOLUME FLOW function.
Example (for standard measuring mode):
I [mA]
NAMUR
F06-80xxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-007
25*
20.5
20
4
1
a (-)
0
2
b
a (+)
25* = max. current
= Flow value at which a current of 0 or 4 mA should be output
(preset, cannot be edited).
= Flow value at which a current of 20 mA should be output
(entry in VALUE 20 mA function).
a = Flow
b = Span
(Continued on next page)
Endress+Hauser
21
8 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
Setting the span by
means of the 0_4 mA and
20 mA value
(contd)
DENSITY
• The density value for the 0/4 mA current is defined in the
VALUE 0_4 mA function, (input range 0.0000 to +99999).
The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT DENSITY function.
• The density value for the 20 mA current is defined in the
VALUE 20 mA function, (input range 0.0000 to +99999).
The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT DENSITY function.
Example (for standard measuring mode):
I [mA]
NAMUR
F06-80xxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-002
25*
20.5
20
4
1
a (-)
2
0
b
a (+)
25* = max. current
= Density value at which a current of 0 or 4 mA should be output
(entry in VALUE 0_4 mA function).
= Density value at which a current of 20 mA should be output
(entry in VALUE 20 mA function).
a = Density
b = Span
TEMPERATURE
• The temperature value for the 0/4 mA current is defined in the
VALUE 0_4 mA function, (input range –99999 to +99999).
The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT TEMPERATURE function.
• The temperature value for the 20 mA current is defined in the
VALUE 20 mA function, (input range –99999 to +99999).
The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT TEMPERATURE function.
!
Note!
Values with different signs cannot be entered for the 0_4 mA and 20 mA values if SYMMETRY is the option selected in the MEASURING MODE function,
(see Page 44), The message “INPUT RANGE EXCEEDED” appears on the display.
Example (for standard measuring mode):
I [mA]
NAMUR
F06-80xxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-003
25*
20.5
20
4
1
a (-)
2
0
b
a (+)
25* = max. current
= Temperature value at which a current of 0 or 4 mA should be output
(entry in VALUE 0_4 mA function).
= Temperature value at which a current of 20 mA should be output
(entry in VALUE 20 mA function).
a = Temperature
b = Span
22
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
8 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
TIME CONSTANT
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the current output
signal reacts to severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly
(enter a low time constant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
Fixed-point number 0.01...100.00 s
Factory setting:
1.00 s
FAILSAFE MODE
For reasons of safety it is advisable to ensure that the current output assumes
a predefined state in the event of a fault. The setting you select here affects
only the current output. It has no effect on other outputs and the display (e.g.
totalizer).
Options:
MIN. CURRENT
Depending on the setting selected in the CURRENT SPAN function
(see Page 20). If the current range is:
0-20 mA (25 mA) → Output current = 0 mA
4-20 mA (25 mA) → Output current = 2 mA
4-20 mA (25 mA) HART → Output current = 2 mA
0-20 mA (NAMUR) → Output current = 0 mA
4-20 mA (NAMUR) → Output current = 2 mA
4-20 mA HART (NAMUR) → Output current = 2 mA
MAX. CURRENT
Depending on the setting selected in the CURRENT SPAN function
(see Page 20). If the current range is:
0-20 mA (25 mA) → Output current = 25 mA
4-20 mA (25 mA) → Output current = 25 mA
4-20 mA (25 mA) HART → Output current = 25 mA
0-20 mA (NAMUR) → Output current = 22 mA
4-20 mA (NAMUR) → Output current = 22 mA
4-20 mA HART (NAMUR) → Output current = 22 mA
HOLD VALUE
Measured value output is based on the last measured value saved before the
fault occurred.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value output is based on the current flow measurement. The fault is
ignored.
Factory setting:
MIN. CURRENT
ACTUAL CURRENT
Use this function to view the computed value of the output current.
Display shows:
0.00...25.00 mA
Endress+Hauser
23
8 Group CURRENT OUTPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description CURRENT OUTPUT
SIMULATION CURRENT
Use this function to activate simulation of the current output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The “SIMULATION CURRENT OUTPUT” message indicates that simulation
is active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress,
i.e. the actual measured values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
CURRENT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the SIMULATION CURRENT function is
active (= ON).
Use this function to define a selectable value (e.g. 12 mA) to be output at the
current output. This value is used to test downstream devices and the flowmeter itself.
User input:
floating-point number: 0.00...25.00 mA
Factory setting:
0.00 mA
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
24
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
9
9 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OPERATION MODE
Use this function to configure the output as a pulse or frequency output.
The functions available in this function group vary, depending on which option
you select here.
Options:
PULSE
FREQUENCY
Factory setting:
PULSE
ASSIGN FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in
the OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the frequency output.
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
Factory setting:
MASS FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only functions shown in this function group are ASSIGN
FREQUENCY and OPERATION MODE.
END VALUE
FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in
the OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to define a full scale frequency for the frequency output.
You define the associated measured value of the measuring range in the
VALUE F HIGH function described on Page 26.
User input:
4-digit fixed-point number: 2...1000 Hz
Factory setting:
1000 Hz
Example:
• VALUE F HIGH = 1000 kg/h, full scale frequency = 1000 Hz: i.e. a frequency
of 1000 Hz is output at a flow of 1000 kg/h.
• VALUE F HIGH = 3600 kg/h, full scale frequency = 1000 Hz: i.e. a frequency
of 1000 Hz is output at a flow of 3600 kg/h.
!
Note!
In the FREQUENCY operating mode the output signal is symmetrical (on/off
ratio = 1:1). At low frequencies the pulse duration is limited to a maximum of
2 seconds, i.e. the on/off ratio is no longer symmetrical.
Endress+Hauser
25
9 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
VALUE F LOW
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the DENSITY or TEMPERATURE option
was selected in the ASSIGN FREQUENCY function.
Use this function to assign a value to the start value frequency (0 Hz),
(see “Setting the span by means of the f-min. and f-max. value” on Page 26).
Option:
5-digit floating-point number (with sign for the TEMPERATURE measured
variable)
Factory setting:
0.5 [kg/l] or –50 [°C]
VALUE F HIGH
Use this function to assign a value to the END VALUE FREQUENCY,
(see “Setting the span by means of the f-min. and f-max. value” on Page 26).
Option:
5-digit floating-point number (with sign for the MASS FLOW, VOLUME FLOW
and TEMPERATURE measured variables)
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter [kg/h] or 2 [kg/l] or 200 [°C]
Setting the span by
means of the f-min. and
f-max. value
The span for the measured variable selected in the ASSIGN FREQUENCY
function is specified via the VALUE F LOW and VALUE F HIGH functions.
The span is defined differently, depending on the measured variable selected:
MASS FLOW and VOLUME FLOW
• The VALUE F LOW function is not available; the value for the zero flow
(0 kg/h or 0m3/h) is assigned to the start value frequency.
• The flow value for the end value frequency is defined in the VALUE F HIGH
function, (input range –99999 to +99999). The appropriate unit is taken from
the UNIT MASS FLOW or UNIT VOLUME FLOW function.
Example (for standard measuring mode):
Freq. [%]
F06-80xxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-004
125
100
a (-)
0
1
0
2
b
a (+)
= Flow value at which a frequency of 0 Hz should be output
(preset, cannot be edited).
= Flow value at which the, in the function END VALUE FREQUENCY
defined, frequency should be output (entry in VALUE F HIGH function).
a = Flow
b = Span
(Continued on next page)
26
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
9 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Setting the span by
means of the f-min. and
f-max. value
(contd)
DENSITY
• The density value for the start value frequency is defined in the
VALUE F LOW function, (input range 0.0000 to +99999).
The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT DENSITY function.
• The density value for the end value frequency is defined in the
VALUE F HIGH function, (input range 0.0000 to +99999).
The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT DENSITY function.
Example (for standard measuring mode):
Freq. [%]
F06-80xxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-005
125
100
a (-)
0
1
2
0
b
a (+)
= Density value at which a frequency of 0 Hz should be output
(entry in VALUE F LOW function).
= Density value at which the, in the function END VALUE FREQUENCY
defined, frequency should be output (entry in VALUE F HIGH function).
a = Density
b = Span
TEMPERATURE
• The temperature value for the 0/4 mA current is defined in the
VALUE F LOW function, (input range –99999 to +99999).
The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT TEMPERATURE function.
• The temperature value for the 20 mA current is defined in the
VALUE F HIGH function, (input range –99999 to +99999).
The appropriate unit is taken from the UNIT TEMPERATURE function.
!
Note!
Values with different signs cannot be entered for the VALUE F LOW and
VALUE F HIGH if SYMMETRY is the option selected in the MEASURING MODE
function (see Page 44). The message “INPUT RANGE EXCEEDED” appears
on the display.
Example (for standard measuring mode):
Freq. [%]
F06-80xxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-006
125
100
a (-)
0
1
2
0
b
a (+)
= Temperature value at which a frequency of 0 Hz should be output
(entry in VALUE F LOW function).
= Temperature value at which the, in the function END VALUE FREQUENCY
defined, frequency should be output (entry in VALUE F HIGH function).
a = Temperature
b = Span
Endress+Hauser
27
9 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in
the OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to select the polarity of the frequency signal.
Options:
PASSIVE - POSITIVE
PASSIVE - NEGATIVE
Factory setting:
PASSIVE - POSITIVE
F-xxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-en-000
PASSIVE:
!
PASSIVE-POSITIVE
PASSIVE-NEGATIVE
transistor
TIME CONSTANT
F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-en-002
Note!
For continuous currents up to 25 mA (I max = 250 mA / 20 ms)
transistor
conducting
conducting
non
conducting
non
conducting
t
t
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in
the OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the frequency output
signal reacts to severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly
(enter a low time constant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).
User input:
floating-point number: 0.00...100.00 s
Factory setting:
0.00 s
28
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
9 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
FAILSAFE MODE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in
the OPERATION MODE function.
For reasons of safety it is advisable to ensure that the frequency output
assumes a predefined state in the event of a fault. Use this function to define
this state. The setting you select here affects only the frequency output. It has
no effect on other outputs and the display (e.g. totalizer).
Options:
FALLBACK VALUE
Output is 0 Hz.
FAILSAFE LEVEL
Output is the frequency specified in the FAILSAFE VALUE function.
HOLD VALUE
Measured value output is based on the last measured value saved before the
fault occurred.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value output is based on the current flow measurement. The fault is
ignored.
Factory setting:
FALLBACK VALUE
FAILSAFE VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless FREQUENCY was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function and FAILSAFE LEVEL was selected in the
FAILSAFE MODE function.
Use this function to define frequency that the measuring device outputs in the
event of an fault.
User input:
max. 4-digit number: 0...1250 Hz
Factory setting:
1250 Hz
ACTUAL FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in
the OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to view the computed value of the output frequency.
Display shows:
0...1250 Hz
Endress+Hauser
29
9 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
SIMULATION
FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the FREQUENCY setting was selected in
the OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to activate simulation of the frequency output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The “SIMULATION FREQUENCY OUTPUT” message indicates that
simulation is active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress,
i.e. the currently measured values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
FREQUENCY
!
Note!
This function is not available unless FREQUENCY was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function and the VALUE SIMULATION FREQUENCY
function is active (= ON).
Use this function to define a selectable frequency value (e.g. 500 Hz) to be
output at the frequency output. This value is used to test downstream devices
and the flowmeter itself.
User input:
0...1250 Hz
Factory setting:
0 Hz
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
ASSIGN PULSE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to assign a measured variable to the pulse output.
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
MASS FLOW
!
Note!
If you select OFF, the only functions shown in this function group are ASSIGN
PULSE and OPERATION MODE.
30
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
9 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
PULSE VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to define the flow at which a pulse is triggered.
These pulses can be totaled by an external totalizer, and the total flow quantity
since measuring started can be registered in this way.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
Depends on nominal diameter and country,
[value] [dm3 ...m3 or US gal...US Mgal] / pulses
corresponding to the factory setting for the pulses value (see Page 53 ff.)
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding UNIT function in the
group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 9).
PULSE WIDTH
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to enter the maximum pulse width of the output pulses.
User input:
0.5...2000 ms
Factory setting:
100 ms
Pulse output is always with the pulse width (B) entered in this function.
The intervals (P) between the individual pulses are automatically configured.
However, they must at least correspond to the pulse width (B = P).
B
B
B=P
B< P
P
P
F06-xxxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-012
B = Pulse width entered (the illustration applies to positive pulses)
P= Intervals between the individual pulses
!
Note!
When entering the pulse width, select a value that can still be processed by an
external totalizer (e.g. mechanical totalizer, PLC, etc.).
"
Caution:
If the pulse number or frequency resulting from the pulse value entered, (see
function PULSE VALUE on Page 31), and from the current flowis too large to
maintain the pulse width selected (interval P is smaller than the pulse width B
entered), a system error message (pulse memory) is generated after buffering/
balancing time.
Endress+Hauser
31
9 Group PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description PULSE/FREQUENCY OUTPUT
OUTPUT SIGNAL
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function.
Use this function to configure the output in such a way that it for example
matches an external totalizer. According to the application, the direction of the
pulses can be selected here.
Options:
PASSIVE - POSITIVE
PASSIVE - NEGATIVE
Factory setting:
PASSIVE - POSITIVE
F-xxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-en-000
PASSIVE:
!
PASSIVE-POSITIVE
PASSIVE-NEGATIVE
pulses
pulses
transistor
F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-en-001
Note!
For continuous currents up to 25 mA (I max = 250 mA / 20 ms)
transistor
B
conducting
conducting
non
conducting
non
conducting
t
B
t
B = Pulse width
FAILSAFE MODE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the PULSE setting was selected in the
OPERATION MODE function.
For reasons of safety it is advisable to ensure that the pulse output assumes a
predefined state in the event of a fault. Use this function to define this state.
The setting you select here affects only the pulse output. It has no effect on
other outputs and the display (e.g. totalizer).
Options:
FALLBACK VALUE
Output is 0 pulse.
HOLD VALUE
Measured value output is based on the last measured value saved before the
fault occurred.
ACTUAL VALUE
Measured value output is based on the current flow measurement. The fault is
ignored.
Factory setting:
FALLBACK VALUE
32
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
10
10 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Group STATUS OUTPUT
Function description STATUS OUTPUT
This group is not available unless the measuring device is fitted with a status output.
ASSIGN STATUS
Use this function to assign a switching function to the status output.
Options:
OFF
ON (operation)
FAULT MESSAGE
NOTICE MESSAGE
FAULT MESSAGE or NOTICE MESSAGE
EMPTY PIPE DETECTION (only if function is active)
FLOW DIRECTION
LIMIT MASS FLOW
LIMIT VOLUME FLOW
LIMIT DENSITY
LIMIT TEMPERATURE
Factory setting:
FAULT MESSAGE
!
Note!
• The behaviour of the status output is of the quiescent-current type, in other
words the output is closed (transistor conductive) when normal, error-free
measuring is in progress.
• Please read and comply with the information on the switching characteristics of the status output (see Page 35, 36).
• If you select OFF, the only function shown in this function group is this function, in other words ASSIGN STATUS.
ON-VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless LIMIT MASS FLOW, LIMIT VOLUME
FLOW, LIMIT TEMPERATURE, LIMIT DENSITY or FLOW DIRECTION was
selected in the ASSIGN STATUS function.
Use this function to assign a value to the switch-on point (status output
conductive). The value can be greater or less than the switch-off point.
Positive and negative values are permissible.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
0 [kg/h] or 0 [m3/h] or 2 [kg/l] or 200 [°C]
OFF-VALUE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless LIMIT MASS FLOW, LIMIT VOLUME
FLOW, LIMIT TEMPERATURE, LIMIT DENSITY was selected in the ASSIGN
STATUS function.
Use this function to assign a value to the switch-off point (status output not
conductive). The value can be greater or less than the switch-on point.
Positive and negative values are permissible.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
0 [kg/h] or 0 [m3/h] or 2 [kg/l] or 200 [°C]
Endress+Hauser
33
10 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description STATUS OUTPUT
TIME CONSTANT
Use this function to enter a time constant defining how the status output reacts
to severely fluctuating measured variables, either very quickly (enter a low time
constant) or with damping (enter a high time constant).
The purpose of damping, therefore, is to prevent the status output changing
state continuously in response to fluctuations in flow.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number: 0.00...100.00 s
Factory setting:
0.00 s
ACTUAL STATUS
Use this function to check the current status of the status output.
Display shows:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
CONDUCTIVE
SIMULATION
SWITCH POINT
Use this function to activate simulation of the status output.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The “SIMULATION STATUS OUTPUT” message indicates that simulation is
active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress,
i.e. the current measured values are output correctly via the other outputs.
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
SWITCH POINT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the ON setting was selected in the SIMULATION SWITCH POINT function.
Use this function to define the switching response of the status output during
the simulation. This value is used to test downstream devices and the flowmeter itself.
User input:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
CONDUCTIVE
Factory setting:
NOT CONDUCTIVE
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
34
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
10 Group STATUS OUTPUT
10.1 Information on the response of the status output
General
If you have configured the status output for “LIMIT” or “FLOW DIRECTION”, you can define the requisite
switching points in the ON-VALUE and OFF-VALUE functions. When the measured variable in question
reaches one of these predefined values, the status output signal switches as shown in the illustrations below.
Status output configured for direction of flow
The value you entered in the ON-VALUE function defines the switching points for the positive and negative
directions of flow.
If, for example, the switching point you define is = 1 kg/h, the status output is not conductive at –1 kg/h and
is conductive at +1 kg/h. Set the switching point to 0 if your process calls for direct switchover (no switching
hysteresis).
If low flow cut off is used, it is advisable to set hysteresis to a value greater than or equal to the low flow cut
off rate.
F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-004
Switch-off / switch-on point
a = Status output conductive
b = Status output not conductive
Status output configured for limit value
The status output signal switches as soon as the measured variable falls below or exceeds a defined
switching point. Application: Monitoring flow or process-related boundary conditions.
F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-005
Measured variable
= ON ≤ OFF-VALUE (maximum safety)
= ON > OFF-VALUE (minimum safety)
= Status output off (not conductive)
Endress+Hauser
35
10 Group STATUS OUTPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
10.2 Switching action of the status output
Function
State
ON (operation)
System in measuring mode
Open Collector (Transistor)
conductive
System not in measuring
mode (power supply failure)
Fault message
not
conductive
System OK
conductive
(System or process error)
Fault
Error response of
outputs, inputs and totalizer
Notice message
not
conductive
System OK
conductive
(System or process error)
Continuation of
Fault
measuring
Fault message
or
Notice message
System OK
conductive
(System or process error)
Fault
Response to error
Continuation of
or Info
measuring
Empty pipe
detection (EPD)
Fluid density above response
level, e.g. full measuring tube
Fluid density below response
level, e.g. empty measuring
tube
Flow direction
not
conductive
not
conductive
conductive
not
conductive
forward
conductive
reverse
not
conductive
Limit value
• mass flow
• volume flow
• density
• temperature
Limit value not overshot or
undershot
conductive
Limit value overshot or
undershot
36
not
conductive
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
11
11 Group STATUS INPUT
Group STATUS INPUT
Function description STATUS INPUT
This group is not available unless the measuring device is fitted with a status input I/O module.
ASSIGN STATUS INPUT
Use this function to assign a switching function to the status input.
Options:
OFF
RESET TOTALIZER
POSITIVE ZERO RETURN
ZEROPOINT ADJUSTMENT
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
Positive zero return is active as long as the active level is available at the status
input (continuous signal). All other assignments react to a change in level
(pulse) at the status input.
ACTIVE LEVEL
Use this function to define whether the assigned function (see ASSIGN
STATUS INPUT function) is released when the signal level is present (HIGH)
or not present (LOW).
Options:
HIGH
LOW
Factory setting:
HIGH
MINIMUM
PULSE WIDTH
Use this function to define a minimum width which the input pulse must
achieve in order to trigger the defined switching function.
User input:
20...100 ms
Factory setting:
50 ms
SIMULATION STATUS
INPUT
Use this function to activate simulation of the status input, in other words to
trigger the function assigned to the status input (see the ASSIGN STATUS
INPUT function on Page 33).
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
!
Note!
• The “SIMULATION STATUS INPUT” message indicates that simulation is
active.
• The measuring device continues to measure while simulation is in progress,
i.e. the current measured values are output correctly via the outputs.
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Endress+Hauser
37
11 Group STATUS INPUT
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description STATUS INPUT
VALUE SIMULATION
STATUS INPUT
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the ON setting was selected in the
SIMULATION STATUS INPUT function.
Use this function to select the level to be assumed at the status input during
the simulation.
Options:
HIGH
LOW
Factory setting:
LOW
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
38
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
12
12 Group COMMUNICATION
Group COMMUNICATION
Function description COMMUNICATION
TAG NAME
Use this function to enter a tag name for the measuring device. You can edit
and read this tag name at the local display or via the HART protocol.
User input:
max. 8-character text, permissible: A-Z, 0-9, +,–, punctuation marks
Factory setting:
“_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _” (without text)
TAG DESCRIPTION
Use this function to enter a tag description for the measuring device. You can
edit and read this tag description at the local display or via the HART protocol.
User input:
max. 16-character text, permissible: A-Z, 0-9, +,–, punctuation marks
Factory setting:
“_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _” (without text)
BUS ADDRESS
Use this function to define the address for the exchange of data with the HART
protocol.
User input:
0...15
Factory setting:
0
!
Note!
Addresses 1...15: a constant 4 mA current is applied.
HART PROTOCOL
Use this function to display if the HART protocol is active.
Anzeige:
OFF = HART protocol not aktive
ON = HART protocol aktive
!
Note!
The HART protocol can be activated with the selection 4-20 mA HART resp.
4-20 mA (25 mA) HART in the CURRENT SPAN function (see Page 20).
WRITE PROTECTION
Use this function to check whether the measuring device can be write
accessed.
Display shows:
OFF = Data exchange is possible
ON = Data exchange disabled (an activation is at present not available)
Factory setting:
OFF
MANUFACTURER ID
Use this function to view the manufacturer ID in decimal numerical format.
Display shows:
17 = (≅ 11 hex) for Endress+Hauser
DEVICE ID
Use this function to view the device ID in hexadecimal numerical format.
Display shows:
50 = (≅ 80 dez) for Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
39
13 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
13
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
ASSIGN LOW FLOW
CUT OFF
Use this function to assign the switching point for the low flow cut off.
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
Factory setting:
MASS FLOW
ON VALUE LOW FLOW
CUT OFF
Use this function to assign the on value for the low flow cut off.
Low flow cut off is active if the setting is a value not equal to 0. The sign of the
flow value is highlighted on the display to indicate that low flow cut off is active.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
depends on nominal diameter
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding UNIT function in the
group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 9).
OFF VALUE LOW FLOW
CUT OFF
Use this function to enter the switch-off point for low flow cut off.
Enter the switch-off point as a positive hysteresis value from the switch-on
point.
User input:
Integer 0...100%
Factory setting:
50%
Example:
Q
a
2
F06-80xxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-007
2
b
H
1
1
c
c
t
Q = Flow [volume/time]
t = Time
H = Hysteresis
a = ON VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF = 200 g/h
b = OFF VALUE LOW FLOW CUT OFF = 10%
c = Low flow cut off active
1 = Low flow cut off is switched on at 200 g/h
2 = Low flow cut off is switched off at 220 g/h
40
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
13 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
EMPTY PIPE
DETECTION (EPD)
Use this function to activate the empty pipe detection (EPD). With empty
measuring tubes the density of the fluid falls below a specified value (see EPD
VALUE LOW function).
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
"
Caution:
• Select a correspondingly low EPD VALUE LOW so that the difference to the
effective density of the fluid is sufficiently large enough.
This ensures that totally empty measuring tubes and not partially filled ones
are detected.
• For gas measurement we strongly recommend to switch off empty pipe
detection.
EPD VALUE LOW
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the ON selection was selected in the
EMPTY PIPE DETECTION (EPD) function.
Use this function to set an lower threshold for the measured density value, in
order to detect possible problems in the process indicated by too low density.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
0.2000 g/cc
EPD VALUE HIGH
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the ON selection was selected in the
EMPTY PIPE DETECTION (EPD) function.
Use this function to set an upper threshold for the measured density value.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
6.0000 g/cc
EPD RESPONSE TIME
Use this function to enter the time span for which the criteria for an empty pipe
have to be satisfied without interruption before a notice message or fault message is generated.
User input:
fixed-point number: 1.0...60.0 s
Factory setting:
1.0 s
Endress+Hauser
41
13 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
ZERO POINT ADJUST
This function enables a zero point adjustment to be automatically carried out.
The new zero point determined by the measuring system is adopted by the
ZERO POINT function (see Page 47).
Options:
CANCEL
START
Factory setting:
CANCEL
"
Caution:
Before carrying out the calibration, please refer to BA 057D/06/en “Promass 80
Operating Instructions” where a detailed description of the zero point adjustment is given.
!
Note!
• Programming is locked during zero point adjustment and the display shows:
“ZERO ADJUST RUNNING”.
• If the zero point adjustment is not possible, e.g. with a flow velocity
> 0.1 m/s, or has been cancelled, then the alarm message “ZERO ADJUST
NOT POSSIBLE” is shown on the display.
• If the Promass 80 measuring electronics are fitted with a status input, then
the zero point can also be activated by using this input.
• After Zero point adjustment is completed, the new zero point can be called
up with the F key. If the F key is pressed again, you return to the ZERO
POINT ADJUST function.
DENSITY SET VALUE
In this function, enter the density set value of the particular fluid for which you
want to carry out a field density adjustment.
User input:
5 digit floating-point number, incl. units (corresponding to 0.1...5.9999 kg/l)
!
Note!
• The preset density entered here should not vary from the actual fluid density
by a more than ±10%.
• The appropriate unit is taken from the corresponding UNIT function in the
group SYSTEM UNITS (see Page 9).
MEASURE FLUID
In this function the actual density of the fluid is measured for the density
adjustment.
Options:
CANCEL
START
42
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
13 Group PROCESS PARAMETER
Function description PROCESS PARAMETER
DENSITY ADJUST
With this function a density adjustment can be carried out on site. The density
set value will thus be recalculated and stored. This ensures that the values
dependent on density calculations (e.g. volume flow) are as accurate as possible.
"
Caution:
Before carrying out a density adjustment, please refer to BA 057D/06/en
“Promass 80 Operating Instructions” where a detailed description of the
density adjustment is given.
!
Note!
The density adjustment can be executed if:
• The sensor does not accurately measure the density which the operator
expects based on laboratory trials.
• The characteristics of the fluid are outside the measuring points set at the
factory or reference conditions under which the flowmeter has been
calibrated.
• The plant is used solely for measuring a fluid whose density is to be
determined very accurately under constant conditions.
User input:
CANCEL
DENSITY ADJUST
Factory setting:
CANCEL
RESTORE ORIGINAL
With this function the original density coefficient determined at the factory are
restored.
Options:
NO
YES
Factory setting:
NO
PRESSURE MODE
Use this function to configure an automatic pressure correction. In this way, the
effect of a pressure deviation between the calibration and process pressures
on the measured error for mass flow is compensated for, (see also Operating
Instructions PROline promass 80, BA 057D/06/en, Accuracy Chapter).
Options:
OFF
FIX (A fixed process pressure for pressure correction is specified)
Factory setting:
OFF
PRESSURE
!
Note!
This function is not available unless FIX was selected in the PRESSURE MODE
function.
Use this function to enter the value for the process pressure which should be
used during pressure correction.
User input:
7-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
0 bar g
!
Note!
The appropriate unit is taken from the function group SYSTEM UNITS
(see Page 9).
Endress+Hauser
43
14 Group SYSTEM PARAMETER
14
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Group SYSTEM PARAMETER
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETER
INSTALLATION
DIRECTION SENSOR
Use this function to reverse the sign of the measured variable, if necessary.
Options:
NORMAL (flow as indicated by the arrow)
INVERSE (flow opposite to direction indicated by the arrow)
Factory setting:
NORMAL
!
Note!
Ascertain the actual direction of fluid flow with reference to the direction
indicated by the arrow on the sensor (nameplate).
MEASURING MODE
Use this function to define the measuring mode for all outputs and the internal
totalizer.
Options:
STANDARD
SYMMETRY
Factory setting:
STANDARD
The responses of the individual outputs and the internal totalizer in each of the
measuring modes are described in detail below:
Current and frequency output
STANDARD
The output signals of the current and frequency output are proportional to the
measured variable.
The flow components outside the scaled measuring range (between VALUE
and the VALUE 20 mA or VALUE F HIGH ) are
0_4 mA or VALUE F LOW
not taken into account for signal output, but a message “CURRENT RANGE AT
FULL SCALE VALUE” or “FREQUENCY RANGE AT FULL SCALE VALUE” is
issued.
F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-003
Example for current output:
mA
20
4
0
➀
➁
Q
SYMMETRY
The output signals of the current and frequency output are independent of the
direction of flow (absolute amount of the measured variable). The “VALUE 20
(e.g. backflow) corresponds to the mirrored VALUE
mA” or “VALUE F HIGH”
20 mA or VALUE F HIGH
(e.g. flow).
mA
20
➂
44
4
0
➀
➁
Q
F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-007
Example for current output:
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
14 Group SYSTEM PARAMETER
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETER
MEASURING MODE
(Continuation)
Pulse output
STANDARD
Only positive flow components are totaled. Negative components are not taken
into account.
SYMMETRY
Positive and negative flow components are taken into account.
!
Note!
The direction of flow can be output via the configurable status output.
Status output
!
Note!
Only if in the ASSIGN STATUS function the LIMIT option is selected.
STANDARD
The status output signal switches at the defined switching points.
SYMMETRY
The status output signal switches at the defined switching points, irrespective
of the sign. In other words, if you define a switching point with a positive sign
the status output signal switches as soon as the value is reached in the negative direction (negative sign) (see illustration).
Example for the SYMMETRY measuring mode:
Switch-on point: Q = 4
Switch-off point: Q = 10
= Status output switched on (conductive)
= Status output switched off (non-conductive)
Q
10
0
t
-4
- 10
➀
➁
➀
➁
➀
F-xxxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-005
4
Totalizer
STANDARD
Only positive flow components are totaled. Negative components are not taken
into account.
SYMMETRY
The positive and negative flow components are balanced. In other words, net
flow in the flow direction is registered.
Endress+Hauser
45
14 Group SYSTEM PARAMETER
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description SYSTEM PARAMETER
POSITIVE ZERO
RETURN
Use this function to interrupt evaluation of measured variables. This is necessary when a piping system is being cleaned, for example.
This setting acts on all functions and outputs of the measuring device.
Options:
OFF
ON (signal output is set to zero flow value, temperature and density are output
normally)
Factory setting:
OFF
DENSITY DAMPING
The density filter allows the sensitivity of the density measuring signal to be
lowered with respect to variations in the density of the fluid, e.g. with inhomogeneous liquids.
User input:
max. 5-digit number, including unit: 0.00...100.00 s
Factory setting:
0.00 s
!
Note!
The damping acts on all functions and outputs of the measuring device.
FLOW DAMPING
Using the interference blanking (= time constant for exponential filter) the
sensitivity of the flow measurement signal can be reduced with respect to
transient flows and interference peaks; e.g. with fluid containing solids or
gas bubbles, etc.
User input:
0...100 s
Factory setting:
0s
!
Note!
The damping acts on all functions and outputs of the measuring device.
46
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
15
15 Group SENSOR DATA
Group SENSOR DATA
Function description SENSOR DATA
All sensor data, including calibration factor, zero point, nominal diameter, etc. are set at the factory. All the
sensor's parameter settings are saved on the S-DAT™ memory chip.
"
Caution:
Under normal circumstances you should not change these parameter settings, because changes affect
numerous functions of the entire measuring facility in general, and the accuracy of the measuring system
in particular. Consequently, most of the functions described below can be accessed only by entering a
special service code, which is not the same as your private code number.
Contact the E+H service organization if you have any questions about these functions.
K-FACTOR
This function shows the current calibration factor for the sensor.
Factory setting:
depends on nominal diameter and calibration
!
Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.
ZERO POINT
This function shows the current zero-point correction value for the sensor. The
zero-point correction factor is calculated and set at the factory.
User input:
max. 5-digit number: –99999...+99999
Factory setting:
depends on calibration
NOMINAL DIAMETER
This function shows the nominal diameter for the sensor. The nominal diameter
depends on the size of the sensor and is set at the factory.
Factory setting:
depends on the size of the sensor
!
Note!
If the service code is used to call this function, this value can be edited.
Endress+Hauser
TEMPERATURE
COEFFICIENT KM
This function shows the temperatur coefficient KM.
TEMPERATURE
COEFFICIENT KM 2
This function shows the temperatur coefficient KM 2.
TEMPERATURE
COEFFICIENT KT
This function shows the temperatur coefficient KT.
CALIBRATION
COEFFICIENT KD 1
This function shows the calibration coefficient KD 1.
CALIBRATION
COEFFICIENT KD 2
This function shows the calibration coefficient KD 2.
47
15 Group SENSOR DATA
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description SENSOR DATA
DENSITY
COEFFICIENT C 0
This function shows the actual density coefficient C 0.
"
Caution:
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.
DENSITY
COEFFICIENT C 1
This function shows the actual density coefficient C 1.
"
Caution:
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.
DENSITY
COEFFICIENT C 2
This function shows the actual density coefficient C 2.
"
Caution:
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.
DENSITY
COEFFICIENT C 3
This function shows the actual density coefficient C 3.
"
Caution:
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.
DENSITY
COEFFICIENT C 4
This function shows the actual density coefficient C 4.
"
Caution:
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.
DENSITY
COEFFICIENT C 5
This function shows the actual density coefficient C 5.
"
Caution:
A density adjustment can alter the calibration value of this coefficient.
48
MINIMAL
TEMPERATURE
MEASURED
Display of the lowest fluid temperature measured.
MAXIMAL
TEMPERATURE
MEASURED
Display of the highest fluid temperature measured.
MINIMAL
TEMPERATURE
CARRIER TUBE
Display of the lowest carrier tube temperature measured.
MAXIMAL
TEMPERATURE
CARRIER TUBE
Display of the highest carrier tube temperature measured.
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
16
16 Group SUPERVISION
Group SUPERVISION
Function description SUPERVISION
ACTUAL SYSTEM
CONDITION
Use this function to check the current system status.
Display shows:
“SYSTEM OK” or the fault / notice message with the highest priority.
PREVIOUS SYSTEM
CONDITION
Use this function to view the fifteen most recent fault and notice messages
since measuring last started.
Display shows:
The 15 most recent fault or notice messages.
ASSIGN SYSTEM
ERROR
Use this function to view all system messages and the associated error
categories (fault message or notice message). If you select a single system
fault you can change its error category.
Display shows:
List of system errors
!
Note!
• Press the F key twice to call the ERROR CATEGORY function.
• Use the P key combination or select CANCEL in the system error list to exit
the function.
ERROR CATEGORY
Use this function to define whether a system fault triggers a notice message or
a fault message. If you select “FAULT MESSAGES”, all outputs respond to a
fault in accordance with their defined error response patterns.
Options:
NOTICE MESSAGES (display only)
FAULT MESSAGES (outputs and display)
!
Note!
• Press the F key twice to call the ASSIGN SYSTEM ERROR function.
• Use the P key combination to exit the function.
ASSIGN PROCESS
ERROR
Use this function to view all process errors and the associated error categories
(fault message or notice message). If you select a single process error you
can change its error category.
Display shows:
List of process errors
!
Note!
• Press the F key twice to call the ERROR CATEGORY function.
• Use the P key combination or select CANCEL in the process error list to exit
the function.
Endress+Hauser
49
16 Group SUPERVISION
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Function description SUPERVISION
ERROR CATEGORY
Use this function to define whether a process error triggers a notice message
or a fault message. If you select “FAULT MESSAGES”, all outputs respond to a
fault in accordance with their defined error response patterns.
Options:
NOTICE MESSAGES (display only)
FAULT MESSAGES (outputs and display)
!
Note!
• Press the F key twice to call the ASSIGN PROCESS ERROR function.
• Use the P key combination to exit the function.
ALARM DELAY
Use this function to define a time span for which the criteria for an error have
to be satisfied without interruption before an error or notice message is
generated.
Depending on the setting and the type of fault, this suppression acts on:
• Displa
• Current output
• Frequency output
• Status output
User input:
0...100 s (in steps of one second)
Factory setting:
0s
"
Caution:
If this function is activated fault and notice messages are delayed by the time
corresponding to the setting before being forwarded to the higher-order
controller (process controller, etc.). It is therefore imperative to check in
advance in order to make sure whether a delay of this nature could affect the
safety requirements of the process. If fault and notice messages cannot be
suppressed, a value of 0 seconds must be entered here.
SYSTEM RESET
Use this function to perform a reset of the measuring system.
Options:
NO
RESTART SYSTEM (restart without interrupting line supply)
Factory setting:
NO
TROUBLESHOOTING
Use this function to rectify errors in the EEPROM (Error message AMP SWEEPROM, # 012). The EEPROM is divided into a number of blocks. Only
blocks which an error has occurred are shown. Select the block in question
and press the F key to clear the error.
!
Note!
When you clear an error in a block, the parameters of the block you select are
reset to their factory settings.
50
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
17
17 Group SIMULATION SYSTEM
Group SIMULATION SYSTEM
Function description SIMULATION SYSTEM
SIMULATION FAILSAFE
MODE
Use this function to set all inputs, outputs and totalizer to their defined fault
response modes, in order to check whether they respond correctly. During this
time, the words “SIMULATION FAILSAFE MODE” appear on the display.
Options:
OFF
ON
Factory setting:
OFF
SIMULATION
MEASURAND
Use this function to set all inputs, outputs and totalizer to their defined flowresponse modes, in order to check whether they respond correctly. During this
time, the words “SIMULATION MEASURAND” appear on the display.
Options:
OFF
MASS FLOW
VOLUME FLOW
DENSITY
TEMPERATURE
Factory setting:
OFF
"
Caution:
• The measuring device cannot be used for measuring while this simulation is
in progress.
• The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
VALUE SIMULATION
MEASURAND
!
Note!
This function is not available unless the SIMULATION MEASURAND function is
active.
Use this function to define a selectable value (e.g. 12 kg/s). This value is used
to test downstream devices and the flowmeter itself.
User input:
5-digit floating-point number
Factory setting:
0
"
Caution:
The setting is not saved if the power supply fails.
Endress+Hauser
51
18 Group SENSOR VERSION
18
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
Group SENSOR VERSION
Function description SENSOR VERSION
SERIAL NUMBER
Use this function to view the serial number of the sensor.
SENSOR TYPE
Use this function to view the sensor type (e.g. Promass F).
SOFTWARE REVISION
NUMBER S-DAT
Use this function to view the software revision number of the S-DAT.
19
Group AMPLIFIER VERSION
Function description AMPLIFIER VERSION
52
SOFTWARE
REVISION NUMBER
AMPLIFIER
Use this function to view the software revision number of the amplifier.
I/O MODUL TYPE
Use this function to view the I/O type (input/output type).
SOFTWARE
REVISION NUMBER
I/O
Use this function to view the software revision number of the I/O module.
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
20
20 Factory settings
Factory settings
20.1 SI units (not for USA and Canada)
20.1.1 Low flow cut off, full scale value, pulse value
Nominal
diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
(approx. v = 0.04 m/s)
(approx. v = 2 m/s)
(approx. 2 pulse/s at 2 m/s)
1
0.08
kg/h
4
kg/h
0.001
kg/p
2
0.40
kg/h
20
kg/h
0.010
kg/p
4
1.80
kg/h
90
kg/h
0.010
kg/p
8
8.00
kg/h
400
kg/h
0.100
kg/p
15
26.00
kg/h
1300
kg/h
0.100
kg/p
15 FB
72.00
kg/h
3600
kg/h
1.000
kg/p
25
72.00
kg/h
3600
kg/h
1.000
kg/p
25 FB
180.00
kg/h
9000
kg/h
1.000
kg/p
40
180.00
kg/h
9000
kg/h
1.000
kg/p
40 FB
300.00
kg/h
15000
kg/h
10.000
kg/p
50
300.00
kg/h
15000
kg/h
10.000
kg/p
80
720.00
kg/h
36000
kg/h
10.000
kg/p
100
1200.00
kg/h
60000
kg/h
10.000
kg/p
* DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions Promass I
20.1.2 Language
Country
Language
Australia
Austria
Belgium
English
Deutsch
Francais
Denmark
Finland
France
Dansk
Suomi
Francais
Germany
Great Britain
Hong Kong
Deutsch
English
English
Hungary
India
Instruments International
English
English
English
Italy
Japan
Malaysia
Italiano
Japanese
English
Netherland
Norway
Singapore
Nederlands
Norsk
English
South Africa
Spain
Sweden
English
Espanol
Svenska
Switzerland
Thailand
Deutsch
English
20.1.3 Density, length, temperature
Endress+Hauser
Density
Unit
kg/l
Length
Temperature
mm
°C
53
20 Factory settings
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
20.2 US units (only for USA and Canada)
20.2.1 Low flow cut off, full scale value, pulse value
Nominal
diameter
Low flow cut off
Full scale value
Pulse value
[mm]
(approx. v = 0.04 m/s)
(approx. v = 2 m/s)
(approx. 2 pulse/s at 2 m/s)
1
0.003
lb/min
0.15
lb/min
0.002
lb/p
2
0.015
lb/min
0.75
lb/min
0.020
lb/p
4
0.066
lb/min
3.30
lb/min
0.020
lb/p
8
0.300
lb/min
15.00
lb/min
0.200
lb/p
15
1.000
lb/min
50.00
lb/min
0.200
lb/p
15 FB
2.600
lb/min
130.00
lb/min
2.000
lb/p
25
2.600
lb/min
130.00
lb/min
2.000
lb/p
25 FB
6.600
lb/min
330.00
lb/min
2.000
lb/p
40
6.600
lb/min
330.00
lb/min
2.000
lb/p
40 FB
11.000
lb/min
550.00
lb/min
20.000
lb/p
50
11.000
lb/min
550.00
lb/min
20.000
lb/p
80
26.000
lb/min
1300.00
lb/min
20.000
lb/p
100
44.000
lb/min
2200.00
lb/min
20.000
lb/p
* DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions Promass I
20.2.2 Language, density, length, temperature
Unit
54
Language
Density
Length
English
g/cc
INCH
Temperature
°F
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
21 Index of key words
21 Index of key words
A
Access code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjust
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display line 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display line 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
37
23
29
34
49
43
42
50
20
15
15
25
40
49
30
37
33
49
18
B
Bus address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
C
Calibration coefficient
KD 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KD 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier tube temperature
Maximal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coefficient
Calibration
KD 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KD 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Density
C0................................
C1................................
C2................................
C3................................
C4................................
C5................................
Temperature
KM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contrast LDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Endress+Hauser
47
47
48
48
47
47
48
48
48
48
48
48
47
47
47
16
20
Current Output
Actual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Time constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Value Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Value 0_4 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Value 20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
D
Damping
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Define private code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Coefficient
C 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
C 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
C 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
C 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
C 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
C 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Set value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Density adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Density damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Device ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Display
Damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
E
Empty pipe detection
EPD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
High value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Low value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Response time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
End value frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Error category
Process error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
System error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
F
Factory setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Failsafe mode
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Simulation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Failsafe value
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
55
21 Index of key words
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
F (continued)
Flow damping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Frequency
Actual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
End value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Failsafe value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Time constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Value F high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Value F low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Value Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Funktion matrix
Graphical illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Layout and use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
G
Group
Amplifier Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Measuring values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Process parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Pulse/Frequency output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Quick Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Sensor data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Sensor Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Simulation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Status/Relais output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Supervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
System parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
System units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
User interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
M
Manufacturer ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Mass flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Maximal
Carrier tube temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Temperature measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Measured fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Measuring mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Minimal
Carrier tube temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Temperature measured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Minimum pulse width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
N
Nominal Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
O
Off-value
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-value
Low flow cut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation
Mode Pulse-/Freq.-output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output signal
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overflow
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
33
40
33
25
28
32
18
P
I/O Modul type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Installation direction sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Positive zero return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Previous system condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process Error
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
K
Q
K-Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Quick Setup
Commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Commission (Diagram) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
H
HART protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
I
L
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LCD Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low flow cut off
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56
46
43
43
49
49
50
30
32
32
31
31
14
16
R
40
40
40
Reset
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Restore original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Endress+Hauser
Device Functions PROline Promass 80
21 Index of key words
S
Sensor type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Serial number sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simulation
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measurand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software revision number
Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S-DAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status
Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status input
Active level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum pulse width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status output
Actual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direction of flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Off-Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching action . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time constant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sum
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switch point
Simulation Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Value Simulation Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System
Condition
Actual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Previous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Error
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Error category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
52
52
52
52
52
Test Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Time constant
Current output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Status output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Totalizer
Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Failsafe mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Overflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
14
U
24
51
30
51
37
34
37
37
37
37
38
34
33
35
35
35
33
33
36
34
18
34
34
49
49
50
49
49
T
Tag
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Temperature coefficient
KM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
KM 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
KT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Temperature measured
Maximal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Minimal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Endress+Hauser
Unit
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Mass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Mass flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Volume flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
V
Value
Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Value F high . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Value F low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Value Simulation
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Measurand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Status input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Switch point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Value 0_4 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Value 20 mA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Version
Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Volume flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
W
Write protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Z
Zero point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Zero point adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Numerics
100% Value
Line 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Line 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
57
Europe
Austria
Endress+Hauser Ges.m.b.H.
Wien
Tel. (01) 88056-0, Fax (01) 88056-35
Belarus
Belorgsintez
Minsk
Tel. (0172) 508473, Fax (0172) 508583
Belgium / Luxembourg
Endress+Hauser N.V.
Brussels
Tel. (02) 2480600, Fax (02) 2480553
Bulgaria
INTERTECH-AUTOMATION
Sofia
Tel. (02) 664869, Fax (02) 9631389
Croatia
Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co.
Zagreb
Tel. (01) 6637785, Fax (01) 6637823
Cyprus
I+G Electrical Services Co. Ltd.
Nicosia
Tel. (02) 484788, Fax (02) 484690
Czech Republic
Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co.
Praha
Tel. (026) 6784200, Fax (026) 6784179
Denmark
Endress+Hauser A/S
Søborg
Tel. (70) 131132, Fax (70) 132133
Estonia
ELVI-Aqua
Tartu
Tel. (7) 441638, Fax (7) 441582
Finland
Endress+Hauser Oy
Helsinki
Tel. (0204) 83160, Fax (0204) 83161
France
Endress+Hauser S.A.
Huningue
Tel. (389) 696768, Fax (389) 694802
Germany
Endress+Hauser Messtechnik GmbH+Co.
Weil am Rhein
Tel. (07621) 975-01, Fax (07621) 975-555
Great Britain
Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Manchester
Tel. (0161) 2865000, Fax (0161) 9981841
Greece
I & G Building Services Automation S.A.
Athens
Tel. (01) 9241500, Fax (01) 9221714
Hungary
Mile Ipari-Elektro
Budapest
Tel. (01) 4319800, Fax (01) 4319817
Iceland
BIL ehf
Reykjavik
Tel. (05) 619616, Fax (05) 619617
Ireland
Flomeaco Company Ltd.
Kildare
Tel. (045) 868615, Fax (045) 868182
Italy
Endress+Hauser S.p.A.
Cernusco s/N Milano
Tel. (02) 921921, Fax (02) 92107153
Latvia
Rino TK
Riga
Tel. (07) 315087, Fax (07) 315084
Lithuania
UAB "Agava"
Kaunas
Tel. (07) 202410, Fax (07) 207414
Netherland
Endress+Hauser B.V.
Naarden
Tel. (035) 6958611, Fax (035) 6958825
Bolivia
Tritec S.R.L.
Cochabamba
Tel. (042) 56993, Fax (042) 50981
Pakistan
Speedy Automation
Karachi
Tel. (021) 7722953, Fax (021) 7736884
Norway
Endress+Hauser A/S
Tranby
Tel. (032) 859850, Fax (032) 859851
Brazil
Samson Endress+Hauser Ltda.
Sao Paulo
Tel. (011) 50313455, Fax (011) 50313067
Papua-Neuguinea
SBS Electrical Pty Limited
Port Moresby
Tel. 3251188, Fax 3259556
Poland
Endress+Hauser Polska Sp. z o.o.
Warszawy
Tel. (022) 7201090, Fax (022) 7201085
Canada
Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Burlington, Ontario
Tel. (905) 6819292, Fax (905) 6819444
Philippines
Endress+Hauser Philippines Inc.
Metro Manila
Tel. (2) 3723601-05, Fax (2) 4121944
Portugal
Tecnisis, Lda
Cacém
Tel. (21) 4267290, Fax (21) 4267299
Chile
Endress+Hauser Chile Ltd.
Santiago
Tel. (02) 3213009, Fax (02) 3213025
Singapore
Endress+Hauser (S.E.A.) Pte., Ltd.
Singapore
Tel. 5668222, Fax 5666848
Romania
Romconseng S.R.L.
Bucharest
Tel. (01) 4101634, Fax (01) 4112501
Colombia
Colsein Ltda.
Bogota D.C.
Tel. (01) 2367659, Fax (01) 6104186
South Korea
Endress+Hauser (Korea) Co., Ltd.
Seoul
Tel. (02) 6587200, Fax (02) 6592838
Costa Rica
EURO-TEC S.A.
San Jose
Tel. (02) 961542, Fax (02) 961542
Taiwan
Kingjarl Corporation
Taipei R.O.C.
Tel. (02) 27183938, Fax (02) 27134190
Ecuador
Insetec Cia. Ltda.
Quito
Tel. (02) 269148, Fax (02) 461833
Thailand
Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Bangkok
Tel. (2) 9967811-20, Fax (2) 9967810
Slovenia
Endress+Hauser D.O.O.
Ljubljana
Tel. (061) 5192217, Fax (061) 5192298
Guatemala
ACISA Automatizacion Y Control
Industrial S.A.
Ciudad de Guatemala, C.A.
Tel. (03) 345985, Fax (03) 327431
Vietnam
Tan Viet Bao Co. Ltd.
Ho Chi Minh City
Tel. (08) 8335225, Fax (08) 8335227
Spain
Endress+Hauser S.A.
Sant Just Desvern
Tel. (93) 4803366, Fax (93) 4733839
Mexico
Endress+Hauser S.A. de C.V.
Mexico City
Tel. (5) 5682405, Fax (5) 5687459
Sweden
Endress+Hauser AB
Sollentuna
Tel. (08) 55511600, Fax (08) 55511655
Paraguay
Incoel S.R.L.
Asuncion
Tel. (021) 213989, Fax (021) 226583
Switzerland
Endress+Hauser Metso AG
Reinach/BL 1
Tel. (061) 7157575, Fax (061) 7111650
Uruguay
Circular S.A.
Montevideo
Tel. (02) 925785, Fax (02) 929151
Turkey
Intek Endüstriyel Ölcü ve Kontrol Sistemleri
Istanbul
Tel. (0212) 2751355, Fax (0212) 2662775
USA
Endress+Hauser Inc.
Greenwood, Indiana
Tel. (317) 535-7138, Fax (317) 535-8498
Ukraine
Photonika GmbH
Kiev
Tel. (44) 26881, Fax (44) 26908
Venezuela
Controval C.A.
Caracas
Tel. (02) 9440966, Fax (02) 9444554
Yugoslavia Rep.
Meris d.o.o.
Beograd
Tel. (11) 4441966, Fax (11) 4441966
Asia
Russia
Endress+Hauser Moscow Office
Moscow
Tel. (095) 1587564, Fax (095) 1589871
Slovakia
Transcom Technik s.r.o.
Bratislava
Tel. (7) 44888684, Fax (7) 44887112
Africa
Egypt
Anasia
Heliopolis/Cairo
Tel. (02) 4179007, Fax (02) 4179008
Morocco
Oussama S.A.
Casablanca
Tel. (02) 241338, Fax (02) 402657
South Africa
Endress+Hauser Pty. Ltd.
Sandton
Tel. (011) 4441386, Fax (011) 4441977
Tunisia
Controle, Maintenance et Regulation
Tunis
Tel. (01) 793077, Fax (01) 788595
Members of the Endress+Hauser group
BA 058D/06/en/11.01
FM+SGML 6.0
Jordan
A.P. Parpas Engineering S.A.
Amman
Tel. (06) 4643246, Fax (06) 4645707
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Anasia Ind. Agencies
Jeddah
Tel. (02) 6710014, Fax (02) 6725929
Lebanon
Network Engineering
Jbeil
Tel. (3) 944080, Fax (9) 548038
Sultanate of Oman
Mustafa Sultan Science & Industry Co. LLC.
Ruwi
Tel. 602009, Fax 607066
United Arab Emirates
Descon Trading EST.
Dubai
Tel. (04) 2653651, Fax (04) 2653264
Endress+Hauser Beijing Office
Beijing
Tel. (010) 68344058, Fax (010) 68344068
Yemen
Yemen Company for Ghee and Soap Industry
Taiz
Tel. (04) 230664, Fax (04) 212338
Hong Kong
Endress+Hauser HK Ltd.
Hong Kong
Tel. 25283120, Fax 28654171
Australia + New Zealand
India
Endress+Hauser (India) Pvt Ltd.
Mumbai
Tel. (022) 8521458, Fax (022) 8521927
Indonesia
PT Grama Bazita
Jakarta
Tel. (21) 7975083, Fax (21) 7975089
America
Argentina
Endress+Hauser Argentina S.A.
Buenos Aires
Tel. (01) 145227970, Fax (01) 145227909
Malaysia
Endress+Hauser (M) Sdn. Bhd.
Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan
Tel. (03) 7334848, Fax (03) 7338800
09.01
Israel
Instrumetrics Industrial Control Ltd.
Netanya
Tel. (09) 8357090, Fax (09) 8350619
China
Endress+Hauser Shanghai
Instrumentation Co. Ltd.
Shanghai
Tel. (021) 54902300, Fax (021) 54902303
Japan
Sakura Endress Co. Ltd.
Tokyo
Tel. (0422) 540613, Fax (0422) 550275
http://www.endress.com
Iran
PATSA Co.
Tehran
Tel. (021) 8754748, Fax (021) 8747761
Australia
ALSTOM Australia Limited
Milperra
Tel. (02) 97747444, Fax (02) 97744667
New Zealand
EMC Industrial Group Limited
Auckland
Tel. (09) 4155110, Fax (09) 4155115
All other countries
Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co.
Instruments International
D-Weil am Rhein
Germany
Tel. (07621) 975-02, Fax (07621) 975345
BA 057D/06/en/11.00
50098468
Valid as of software version:
V 1.00.XX (amplifier)
V 1.00.XX (communication)
promass 80
Coriolis Mass Flow
Measuring System
Operating Instructions
Promass 80
Brief operating instructions
These brief operating instructions show you how to configure your measuring device
quickly and easily:
Safety instructions
Page 7
▼
Installation
Page 13
▼
Wiring
Page 23
▼
Switching on the measuring device
Page 37
▼
Display and operating elements
Page 31 ff.
▼
Commissioning with “QUICK SETUP”
Page 38
You can commission your measuring device quickly and easily, using the special
“Quick Setup” menu. It enables you to configure important basic functions using
the local display, for example display language, measured variables, units of
measures, type of signal, etc.
The following functions can be configured separately as necessary:
– Zero point adjustment
– Density calibration
– Configuration of the current output (active/passive)
▼
Customer specific configuration
Page 32 ff.
Complex measuring operations necessitate additional functions that you can
configure as necessary with the aid of the function matrix, and customise to suit
your process parameters.
!
Note:
All functions are described in detail, as is the function matrix itself, in the
“Description of Device Functions” manual, which is a separate part of this
Operating Instruction.
▼
▼
Trouble-shooting
Page 49 ff.
Always start trouble-shooting with the checklist on Page 49, if faults occur after
start-up or during operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the
problem and the appropriate remedial measures.
Returning devices
If you return a measuring device to Endress+Hauser for repair or calibration, you
must enclose the duly completed “Safety regulation” form with the device. You
will find a preprinted blank of the “Safety regulation” form at the back of this
manual.
2
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
“QUICK SETUP” commissioning
F06-80xxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-000
“QUICK SETUP” commissioning
Endress+Hauser
3
“QUICK SETUP” commissioning
4
Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
Table of contents
Table of contents
1
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation, commissioning and operation . . .
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes on safety conventions and icons . . . . . .
7
7
7
8
8
2
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1
2.2
2.3
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.1.1
Nameplate of the transmitter . . . . . . . 9
2.1.2
Nameplate of the sensor. . . . . . . . . . 10
CE mark, declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . 10
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1
3.4
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage
3.1.1
Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2
Mounting location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.3
Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.4
Heating, thermal insulation . . . . . . .
3.2.5
Inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.6
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.7
Limiting flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1
Turning the transmitter housing . . . .
3.3.2
Installing the wall-mount transmitter
housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3
Turning the local display. . . . . . . . . .
Post installation check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.1
4.3
4.4
4.5
Connecting the remote version . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.1
Connecting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2
Cable specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting the measuring unit . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1
Connecting the transmitter . . . . . . . .
4.2.2
Terminal assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.3
HART connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post connection check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.1
5.2
Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . .
Brief operating instruction to the function
matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1
General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2
Enabling the programming mode . .
5.2.3
Disabling the programming mode . .
3.2
3.3
4.2
Endress+Hauser
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
16
18
18
18
18
19
19
20
21
21
23
23
24
25
25
27
28
29
29
30
31
32
33
33
33
5.3
5.4
Display of error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
5.4.1
HART Communicator DXR 275 . . . . . 35
5.4.2
FieldTool™ operating program . . . . . 35
6
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
6.1
6.2
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
6.2.1
Switching on the measuring device . 37
6.2.2
Quick Setup “Commissioning” . . . . . . 38
6.2.3
Zero point adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
6.2.4
Density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
6.2.5
Current output: active/passive . . . . . . 42
6.2.6
Purging and pressure monitoring
connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
8
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
9
Trouble-shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
Trouble-shooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . 55
Response of outputs to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Removing and installing printed circuit
boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Replacing the device fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Software history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
10
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
10.1 Technical data at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
10.1.1 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
10.1.2 Function and system design . . . . . . . 65
10.1.3 Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
10.1.4 Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
10.1.5 Auxiliary energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
10.1.6 Performance characteristics . . . . . . . 69
10.1.7 Operating conditions (installation) . . . 73
10.1.8 Operating conditions (environment) . 73
10.1.9 Operating conditions (process) . . . . 73
10.1.10 Mechanical construction . . . . . . . . . . 80
10.1.11 Human interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
10.1.12 Certificates and approvals . . . . . . . . 82
10.1.13 Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10.1.14 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10.1.15 Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
10.2 Dimensions: wall-mounted housing . . . . . . . . 84
10.3 Dimensions: remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
10.4 Dimensions Promass F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
10.5 Dimensions Promass M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5
Table of contents
Promass 80
10.6 Dimensions: Promass A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
10.7 Dimensions: Promass I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
6
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
1 Safety instructions
1
Safety instructions
1.1
Designated use
The measuring device described in this Operating Instruction is to be used only for
measuring the mass flow rate of fluids and gases. At the same time, the system also
measures fluid density and fluid temperature. These parameters are then used to calculate other variables such as volume flow. Fluids with widely differing properties can
be measured, for example:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Chocolate, condensed milk, liquid sugar
Oils, fats
Acids, alkalis, lacquers, paints, solvents and cleaning agents
Pharmaceuticals, catalysts, inhibitors
Suspensions
Gases, liquefied gases, etc.
The manufacturer accepts no liability for damages resulting from incorrect use or use
not as designated.
1.2
Installation, commissioning and operation
Note the following points:
• Installation, connection to the electricity supply, commissioning and maintenance of
the device must be carried out by trained, qualified specialists authorised to perform
such work by the facility's owner operator. The specialist must have read and understood this Operating Instruction and must follow the instructions it contains.
• The device must be operated by persons authorised and trained by the facility's
owner-operator. Strict compliance with the instructions in the Operating Instruction is
mandatory.
• Endress+Hauser will be happy to assist in clarifying the chemical resistance properties of parts wetted by special fluids, including fluids used for cleaning. However the
user is responsible for the choice of fluid wetted materials for their in-process resistance to corrosion. The manufacturer refuses to accept liability.
• The installer must ensure that the measuring system is correctly wired in accordance
with the wiring diagrams. The transmitter must be grounded, unless the power supply
is galvanically insulated.
• Invariably, local regulations governing the opening and repair of electrical devices
apply.
1.3
Operational safety
Note the following points:
• Measuring systems for use in hazardous environments are accompanied by separate
“Ex documentation”, which is an integral part of this Operating Instruction. Strict compliance with the installation instructions and ratings as stated in this supplementary
documentation is mandatory. The symbol on the front of this supplementary Ex documentation indicates the approval and the test center ( f Europe, h USA, g Canada).
• The measuring device complies with the general safety requirements in accordance
with EN 61010, the EMC requirements of EN 61326, and NAMUR recommendation
NE 21.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to modify technical data without prior notice. Your
E+H distributor will supply you with current information and updates to this Operating
Instruction.
Endress+Hauser
7
1 Safety instructions
Promass 80
1.4
Return
The following procedures must be carried out before a flowmeter requiring repair or
calibration, for example, is returned to Endress+Hauser:
• Always enclose a duly completed “Safety regulation” form. Only then can
Endress+Hauser transport, examine and repair a returned device.
• Enclose special handling instructions if necessary, for example a safety data sheet as
per EN 91/155/EEC.
• Remove all residues. Pay special attention to the grooves for seals and crevices which
could contain residues. This is particularly important if the substance is hazardous to
health, e.g. flammable, toxic, caustic, carcinogenic, etc.
With Promass A and Promass M the threaded process connections must first be
removed from the sensor and then cleaned.
!
#
Note:
You will find a preprinted blank of the “Safety regulation” form at the back of this manual.
Warning:
• Do not return a measuring device if you are not absolutely certain that all traces of
hazardous substances have been removed, e.g. substances which have penetrated
crevices or diffused through plastic.
• Costs incurred for waste disposal and injury (burns, etc.) due to inadequate cleaning
will be charged to the owner operator.
1.5
Notes on safety conventions and icons
The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been
tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices
comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010
“Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation
and Laboratory Procedures”. They can, however, be a source of danger if used incorrectly or for other than the designated use.
Consequently, always pay particular attention to the safety instructions indicated in this
Operating Instruction by the following icons:
#
"
!
8
Warning:
“Warning” indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result
in injury or a safety hazard. Comply strictly with the instructions and proceed with care.
Caution:
“Caution” indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can result
in incorrect operation or destruction of the device. Comply strictly with the instructions.
Note:
“Note” indicates an action or procedure which, if not performed correctly, can have an
indirect effect on operation or trigger an unexpected response on the part of the device.
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
2 Identification
2
Identification
2.1
Device designation
The “Promass 80” flow measuring system consists of the following components:
• Promass 80 transmitter
• Promass F, Promass M, Promass A or Promass I sensor
In the compact version, transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit; in the
remote version they are installed separately.
Nameplate of the transmitter
F06-80xxxxxx-18-06-xx-xx-000
2.1.1
Fig. 1:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Endress+Hauser
Nameplate specifications for the “Promass 80” transmitter (example)
Ordering code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the
individual letters and digits.
Power supply / frequency: 16...62 V DC / 20...55 V AC / 50...60 Hz
Power consumption: 15 VA / W
Available inputs / outputs:
I-OUT (HART): with current output (HART)
f-OUT: with pulse/frequency output
STATUS-IN: with status input (auxiliary input)
STATUS-OUT: with status output (switching output)
Reserved for information on special products
Ambient temperature range
Degree of protection
9
2 Identification
Promass 80
Nameplate of the sensor
F06-8xFxxxxx-18-05-xx-xx-000
2.1.2
Fig. 2:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2.2
Nameplate specifications for the “Promass F” sensor (example)
Ordering code/serial number: See the specifications on the order confirmation for the meanings of the
individual letters and digits.
Calibration factor: 2.510; zero point: –11
Nominal diameter: DN 25 / 1"
Pressure rating: DIN PN 100 bar
Material of measuring tubes: Stainless steel 1.4539/904L
TMmax +200 °C / +400 °F (max. fluid temperature)
Pressure range of secondary containment: max. 40 bar (375 psi)
Accuracy of density measurement: ± 0.001 g/cc
Additional information (examples):
– With 5-point calibration
– With 3.1 B certification for fluid wetted materials
Reserved for information on special products
Ambient temperature range
Degree of protection
Flow direction
CE mark, declaration of conformity
The devices are designed to meet state-of-the-art safety requirements, have been
tested, and left the factory in a condition in which they are safe to operate. The devices
comply with the applicable standards and regulations in accordance with EN 61010
“Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation
and Laboratory Procedures”.
The measuring system described in this Operating Instruction thus complies with the
statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful
testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark.
10
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
2 Identification
2.3
Registered trademarks
KALREZ ®, VITON ®
are registered trademarks of E.I. Du Pont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA
TRI-CLAMP ®
is a registered trademark of Ladish & Co., Inc., Kenosha, USA
SWAGELOK ®
is a registered trademark of Swagelok & Co., Solon, USA
HART ®
is a registered trademark of HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA
S-DAT™, FieldTool™, FieldCheck™, Applicator™
are registered trademarks of Endress+Hauser Flowtec AG, Reinach, CH
Endress+Hauser
11
2 Identification
12
Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
3 Installation
3
Installation
3.1
Incoming acceptance, transport and storage
3.1.1
Incoming acceptance
On receipt of the goods, check the following points:
• Check the packaging and the contents for damage.
• Check the shipment, make sure nothing is missing and that the scope of supply
matches your order.
3.1.2
Transport
The following instructions apply to unpacking and to transporting the device to its final
location:
• Transport the devices in the containers in which they are delivered.
• The covers or caps fitted to the process connections prevent mechanical damage to
the sealing faces and the ingress of foreign matter to the measuring tube during transportation and storage. Consequently, do not remove these covers or caps until immediately before installation.
• Do not lift measuring devices of nominal diameters DN 40...100 by the transmitter
housing or the connection housing in the case of the remote version (Fig. 3). Use
webbing slings slung round the two process connections. Do not use chains, as they
could damage the housing.
• In the case of the Promass M / DN 80 sensor, use only the lifting eyes on the flanges
to lift the assembly.
Warning:
Risk of injury if the measuring device slips. The center of gravity of the assembled measuring device might be higher than the points around which the slings are slung.
At all times, therefore, make sure that the device does not unexpectedly turn around its
axis or slip.
F06-xxxxxxxx-22-00-00-xx-000
#
Fig. 3:
Endress+Hauser
Instructions for transporting sensors with DN 40...100
13
3 Installation
Promass 80
3.1.3
Storage
Note the following points:
• Pack the measuring device in such a way as to protect it reliably against impact for
storage (and transportation). The original packaging provides optimum protection.
• The permissible storage temperature is −40...+80 °C (preferably +20 °C).
• Do not remove the protective covers or caps on the process connections until you are
ready to install the device.
3.2
Installation conditions
Note the following points:
• No special measures such as supports are necessary. External forces are absorbed
by the construction of the instrument, for example the secondary containment.
• The high oscillation frequency of the measuring tubes ensures that the correct operation of the measuring system is not influenced by pipe vibrations.
• No special precautions need to be taken for fittings which create turbulence (valves,
elbows, T-pieces, etc.), as long as no cavitation occurs.
• For mechanical reasons and in order to protect the pipe, it is advisable to support
heavy sensors.
3.2.1
Dimensions
Dimensions and the fitting lengths of the transmitter and sensor are on Page 84 ff.
3.2.2
Mounting location
Entrained air or gas bubbles in the measuring tube can result in an increase in measuring errors. Avoid the following locations:
F06-xxxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-004
• Highest point in a run. Risk of air accumulating.
• Directly upstream from an open pipe outlet in a down pipe.
Fig. 4:
14
Mounting location
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
3 Installation
F06-xxxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-002
The proposed configuration in Fig. 5, however, permits installation in an open down
pipe. Pipe restrictors or the use of an orifice with a smaller cross-section than the nominal diameter prevent the sensor from running empty while measurement is in progress.
Fig. 5:
1
2
3
4
5
Installation in a down pipe (e.g. for batching applications)
Supply tank
Sensor
Orifice, pipe restrictions (see Table)
Valve
Batching tank
Promass F, M / DN
Ø orifice / pipe restriction
8
15
25
40
50
80
100
6 mm
10 mm
14 mm
22 mm
28 mm
50 mm
65 mm
Promass A / DN
Ø orifice / pipe restriction
Promass I / DN
Ø orifice / pipe restriction
1)
1
2
4
0.8 mm
1.5 mm
3.0 mm
8
15
15 1)
25
25 1)
40
40 1)
50
6 mm
10 mm
15 mm
14 mm
24 mm
22 mm
35 mm
28 mm
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
System pressure
It is important to ensure that cavitation does not occur, because it would influence the
oscillation of the measuring tube. No special measures need to be taken for fluids which
have properties similar to water under normal conditions.
In the case of liquids with a low boiling point (hydrocarbons, solvents, liquefied gases)
or in suction lines, it is important to ensure that pressure does not drop below the vapour
pressure and that the liquid does not start to boil. It is also important to ensure that the
gases that occur naturally in many liquids do not outgas. Such effects can be prevented
when system pressure is sufficiently high.
Consequently, it is generally best to install the sensor:
• downstream from pumps (no risk of partial vacuum),
• at the lowest point in a vertical pipe.
Endress+Hauser
15
3 Installation
Promass 80
3.2.3
Orientation
Orientation Promass A
Vertical:
Recommended orientation with upward direction of flow. When fluid is not flowing,
entrained solids will sink down and gases will rise away from the measuring tube.
The measuring tubes can be completely drained and protected against solids build-up.
F06-xxxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-005
Horizontal:
When installation is correct the transmitter housing is above or below the pipe. This
arrangement means that no gas and air accumulations and solid deposits can accumulate in the curved measuring tube (single-tube system).
Do not install the sensor in such a way that it is suspended in the pipe, in other words
without support or attachment. This is to avoid excessive strain at the process connection. The base plate of the sensor housing is designed for mounting on a tabletop, wall
or post.
Fig. 6:
16
Vertical and horizontal orientation (Promass A)
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
3 Installation
Orientation Promass F, M, I
Vertical:
Recommended orientation with upward direction of flow (View 1). When fluid is not flowing, entrained solids will sink down and gases will rise away from the measuring tube.
The measuring tubes can be completely drained and protected against solids build-up.
Horizontal (Promass F, Promass M):
The measuring tubes of Promass M and F must be horizontal and beside each other.
When installation is correct the transmitter housing is above or below the pipe (Views 2,
3). Always avoid having the transmitter housing in the same horizontal plane as the pipe.
F06-xxxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-000
Horizontal (Promass I):
Promass I can be installed in any orientation in a horizontal piping run.
Fig. 7:
Caution:
The measuring tubes of Promass F are slightly curved. The position of the sensor, therefore, has to be matched to the fluid properties when the sensor is installed horizontally
(Fig. 8)
F06-xxxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-003
"
Orientation Promass F, M, I
Fig. 8:
a
b
Endress+Hauser
Promass F installed horizontally
Not suitable for fluids with entrained solids. Risk of solids accumulating.
Not suitable for outgassing fluids. Risk of air accumulating.
17
3 Installation
Promass 80
Fluid temperature
In order to ensure that the maximum permissible ambient temperature for the transmitter
(–20...+60 °C) is not exceeded, we recommend the following orientations:
High fluid temperature
• Vertical piping: installation in accordance with Fig. 7 / View 1
• Horizontal piping: installation in accordance with Fig. 7 / View 3
Low fluid temperature
• Vertical piping: installation in accordance with Fig. 7 / View 1
• Horizontal piping: installation in accordance with Fig. 7 / View 2
3.2.4
Heating, thermal insulation
Some fluids require suitable measures to avoid heat transfer at the sensor.
A wide range of materials can be used to provide the required thermal insulation. Heating can be electric, e.g. with heated elements, or by means of hot water or steam pipes
made of copper. Special heating jackets are available for all sensors on request.
"
Caution:
Risk of electronics overheating!
• Consequently, make sure that the adapter between sensor and transmitter and the
connection housing of the remote version always remain free of insulating material.
Note that a certain orientation might be required, depending on the fluid temperature
(see Section 3.2.3 “Fluid temperature”).
• Information on permissible temperature ranges → Page 73.
3.2.5
Inlet and outlet runs
There are no installation requirements regarding inlet and outlet runs. If possible, install
the sensor well clear of fittings such as valves, T-pieces, elbows, etc.
3.2.6
Vibrations
The high oscillation frequency of the measuring tubes ensures that the correct operation
of the measuring system is not influenced by pipe vibrations. Consequently, the sensors
require no special measures for attachment.
3.2.7
Limiting flow
See the information on Page 65 and 74.
18
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
3 Installation
3.3
Installation instructions
3.3.1
Turning the transmitter housing
Turning the aluminium field housing
#
Warning:
The turning mechanism in devices with EEx d/de or FM/CSA Cl. I Div. 1 classification is
not the same as that described here. The procedure for turning these housings is
described in the Ex-specific documentation.
Loosen the two securing screws.
Turn the bayonet catch as far as it will go.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 x 90° in either direction).
Lower the housing into position and re-engage the bayonet catch.
Retighten the two securing screws.
F06-xxxxxxxx-17-06-xx-xx-000
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Fig. 9:
Turning the transmitter housing (aluminium field housing)
Turning the stainless steel field housing
Loosen the two securing screws.
Carefully lift the transmitter housing as far as it will go.
Turn the transmitter housing to the desired position (max. 2 x 90° in either direction).
Lower the housing into position.
Retighten the two securing screws.
F06-xxxxxxxx-17-06-xx-xx-001
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Fig. 10:
Endress+Hauser
Turning the transmitter housing (stainless steel field housing)
19
3 Installation
Promass 80
3.3.2
Installing the wall-mount transmitter housing
There are various ways of installing the wall-mount transmitter housing:
Without mounting set:
• Mounted directly on the wall
With mounting set:
This kit can be ordered separately from E+H as an accessory (see Page 47) and it
allows for a number of installation options:
• Wall mounting
• Pipe mounting
• Installation in control panel
Direct wall mounting (without mounting set)
"
Caution:
• Make sure that ambient temperature does not go beyond the permissible range
(–20...+60 °C). Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight.
• Always install the wall-mount housing in such a way that the cable entries are pointing
down.
1.
2.
3.
F06-xxxxxxxx-17-03-xx-xx-000
4.
5.
Drill the holes as illustrated in Fig. 11.
Remove the cover of the connection compartment (a).
Push the two securing screws (b) through the appropriate bores (c) in the housing.
– Securing screws (M6): max. Ø 6.5 mm
– Screw head: max. Ø 10.5 mm
Secure the transmitter housing to the wall as indicated.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (a) firmly onto the housing.
Fig. 11:
20
Mounted directly on the wall
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
3 Installation
3.3.3
1.
2.
3.
Remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
Press the side latches on the display module and remove it from the electronics
compartment cover plate.
Rotate the display to the desired position (max. 4 x 45° in each direction), and reset
it into the electronics compartment cover plate.
Screw the cover of the electronics compartment firmly onto the transmitter housing.
F06-xxxxxxxx-07-xx-06-xx-000
4.
Turning the local display
Fig. 12:
3.4
Turning the local display (field housing)
Post installation check
Perform the following checks after installing the measuring device in the pipe:
Endress+Hauser
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Is the device damaged (visual inspection)?
−
Does the device correspond to specifications at the measuring point,
including process temperature and pressure, ambient temperature,
measuring range, etc.?
see Page 65 ff.
Installation
Notes
Does the arrow on the sensor nameplate match the direction of flow
through the pipe?
−
Are the measuring point number and labeling correct (visual inspection)?
–
Is the orientation chosen for the sensor correct, in other words suitable
for sensor type, fluid properties (outgassing, with entrained solids)
and fluid temperature?
see Page 14 ff.
Process environment / process conditions
Notes
Is the measuring device protected against moisture and direct
sunlight?
−
21
3 Installation
22
Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
4 Wiring
4
#
#
Wiring
Warning:
When connecting Ex-certified devices, see the notes and diagrams in the Ex-specific
supplement to this Operating Instruction. Please do not hesitate to contact your E+H
representative if you have any questions.
4.1
Connecting the remote version
4.1.1
Connecting the sensor
Warning:
• Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not
install or wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply
with this precaution can result in irreparable damage to the electronics.
• Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the
housing before the power supply is applied.
• For the remote version, always make sure that you connect the sensor only to the
transmitter having the same serial number. Communication errors can occur if the
devices are not connected in this way.
1.
2.
3.
F06-8xxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-en-000
4.
Remove the cover (a) of the connection compartment from the transmitter and the
sensor by loosening the screws.
Feed the connecting cable (b) through the appropriate cable entries.
Establish the connections between sensor and transmitter in accordance with the
wiring diagram:
→ Fig. 13
→ wiring diagram inside cover
Secure the cover (a) on the sensor connection housing and on the transmitter
housing.
Fig. 13:
a
b
Endress+Hauser
Connecting the remote version
Covers of the connection compartments (transmitter, sensor)
Connecting cable (signal cable)
23
4 Wiring
Promass 80
4.1.2
Cable specifications
The specifications of the cable connecting the transmitter and the sensor of the remote
version are as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
24
6 x 0.38 mm2 PVC cable with common shield and individually shielded cores.
Conductor resistance: ≤ 50 Ω/km
Capacitance: core/shield: ≤ 420 pF/m
Cable length: max. 20 m
Permanent operating temperature: max. +105 °C
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
4 Wiring
4.2
Connecting the measuring unit
4.2.1
#
Connecting the transmitter
Warning:
• Risk of electric shock. Switch off the power supply before opening the device. Do not
install or wire the device while it is connected to the power supply. Failure to comply
with this precaution can result in irreparable damage to the electronics.
• Risk of electric shock. Connect the protective conductor to the ground terminal on the
housing before the power supply is applied (not necessary if the power supply is galvanically isolated).
• Compare the specifications on the nameplate with the local voltage supply and frequency. The national regulations governing the installation of electrical equipment
also apply.
1.
2.
3.
Screw the cover of the connection compartment (f) firmly onto the transmitter
housing.
F06-xxxxxxxx-04-06-xx-xx-005
4.
Remove the cover of the connection compartment (f) from the transmitter housing.
Feed the power supply cable (a) and signal cables (b) through the appropriate
cable entries.
Connect the cables in accordance with the wiring diagram:
– Wiring diagram, aluminium housing → Fig. 14
– Wiring diagram, stainless steel housing → Fig. 15
– Wiring diagram, wall-mount housing → Fig. 16
– Terminal assignment → Page 27
Fig. 14:
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
Endress+Hauser
Connecting the transmitter (aluminium field housing). Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2
Cable for power supply: 85...260 V AC, 20...55 V AC, 16...62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L− for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → Page 27
Ground terminal for protective conductor
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (FieldCheck™, FieldTool™)
Cover of the connection compartment
Securing Clamp
25
Promass 80
F06-xxxxxxxx-04-06-xx-xx-006
4 Wiring
Fig. 15:
a
Cable for power supply: 85...260 V AC, 20...55 V AC, 16...62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L− for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → Page 27
Ground terminal for protective conductor
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (FieldCheck™, FieldTool™)
Cover of the connection compartment
F06-xxxxxxxx-04-03-xx-xx-000
b
c
d
e
f
Connecting the transmitter (stainless steel field housing). Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2
Fig. 16:
a
b
c
d
e
f
26
Connecting the transmitter (wall-mount housing). Cable cross-section: max. 2.5 mm2
Cable for power supply: 85...260 V AC, 20...55 V AC, 16...62 V DC
Terminal No. 1: L1 for AC, L+ for DC
Terminal No. 2: N for AC, L− for DC
Signal cable: Terminals Nos. 20–27 → Page 27
Ground terminal for protective conductor
Ground terminal for signal cable shield
Service adapter for connecting service interface FXA 193 (FieldCheck™, FieldTool™)
Cover of the connection compartment
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
4 Wiring
4.2.2
Terminal assignment
Terminal Nos. (inputs/outputs)
20 − 21
22 − 23
24 − 25
26 − 27
80***-***********A
−
−
Frequency output
Current output
HART
80***-***********D
Status input
Status output
Frequency output
Current output
HART
Order variant
Status input (Auxiliary input)
galvanically isolated, 3...30 V DC, Ri = 5 kΩ, configurable
Status output
Open collector, max. 30 V DC / 250 mA, galvanically isolated, configurable
Frequency output (passive)
Open collector, galvanically isolated, 30 V DC, 250 mA
– Frequency output: full scale frequency 2...1000 Hz (fmax = 1250 Hz), on/off ratio 1:1,
pulse width max. 10 s
– Pulse output: pulse value and pulse polarity selectable, max. pulse width adjustable (0.05...2 s),
max. pulse frequency selectable
Current output HART (active/passive)
galvanically isolated, active: 0/4...20 mA, RL < 700 Ω, HART: RL ≥ 250 Ω,
passive: 4...20 mA, max. 30 V DC, Ri ≤ 150 Ω
Endress+Hauser
27
4 Wiring
Promass 80
4.2.3
HART connection
Users have the following connection options at their disposal:
• Direct connection to transmitter by means of terminals 26 / 27.
• Connection by means of the 4...20 mA circuit.
!
Note:
• The measuring loop's minimum load must be at least 250 Ω.
• The CURRENT SPAN function must be set either to “4–20 mA HART” or to “4–20 mA
(25 mA) HART” (factory setting).
F06-xxxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-007
Connection of the HART handheld communicator
See also the documentation issued by the HART Communication Foundation, and in
particular HCF LIT 20: “HART, a technical summary”.
Fig. 17: Electrical connection of the HART handheld communicator:
1 = HART communicator, 2 = power supply, 3 = shield, 4 = other evaluation devices or PLC with passive input
F06-xxxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-008
Connection of a PC with an operating software
In order to connect a personal computer with an operating software (e.g. “FieldTool™”),
a HART modem (e.g. “Commubox FXA 191”) is needed.
See also the documentation issued by the HART Communication Foundation, and in
particular HCF LIT 20: “HART, a technical summary”.
Fig. 18: Electrical connection of a PC with an operating software:
1 = PC with an operating software, 2 = power supply, 3 = shield, 4 = other evaluation devices or PLC with
passive input, 5 = HART modem, e.g. Commubox FXA 191
28
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
4 Wiring
4.3
Potential equalisation
No special measures for potential equalisation are required.
!
Note:
For instruments for use in hazardous areas, observe the corresponding guidelines in the
specific Ex documentation.
4.4
Degree of protection
The devices fulfill all the requirements for IP 67. Compliance with the following points is
mandatory following installation in the field or servicing, in order to ensure that IP 67 protection is maintained:
F06-5xxxxxxx-04-xx-xx-xx-005
• The housing seals must be clean and undamaged when inserted into their grooves.
The seals must be dried, cleaned or replaced if necessary.
• All threaded fasteners and screw covers must be firmly tightened.
• The cables used for connection must be of the specified outside diameter
(see Page 67).
• Firmly tighten the cable entries (Fig. 19).
• The cables must loop down before they enter the cable entries (“water trap”, Fig. 19).
This arrangement prevents moisture from penetrating the entry. Always install the
measuring device in such a way that the cable entries do not point up.
• Remove all unused cable entries and insert plugs instead.
• Do not remove the grommet from the cable entry.
Fig. 19:
Endress+Hauser
Installation instructions, cable entries
29
4 Wiring
Promass 80
4.5
Post connection check
Perform the following checks after completing electrical installation of the measuring
device:
30
Device condition and specifications
Notes
Are cables or the device damaged (visual inspection)?
−
Electrical connection
Notes
Does the supply voltage match the specifications on the nameplate?
85...260 V AC (45...65 Hz)
20...55 V AC (45...65 Hz)
16...62 V DC
Do the cables comply with the specifications?
see Page 24, 67
Do the cables have adequate strain relief?
−
Cables correctly segregated by type?
Without loops and crossovers?
−
Are the power supply and signal cables correctly connected?
See the wiring diagram
inside the cover of the
terminal compartment
Are all screw terminals firmly tightened?
−
Are all cable entries installed, firmly tightened and correctly sealed?
Cables looped as “water traps”?
see Page 29
Are all housing covers installed and firmly tightened?
−
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
5 Operation
5
Operation
5.1
Display and operating elements
The local display enables you to read all important parameters directly at the measuring
point and configure the device.
F06-80xxxxxx-07-xx-xx-xx-000
The display consists of two lines; this is where measured values and/or status variables
(direction of flow, empty pipe, bar graph, etc.) are displayed. You can change the
assignment of display lines to different variables to suit your needs and preferences
(→ see the “Description of Device Functions” manual).
Fig. 20:
Display and operating elements
Liquid crystal display (1)
The backlit, two-line liquid crystal display shows measured values, dialog texts, fault messages and notice
messages. The display as it appears when normal measuring is in progress is known as the HOME position
(operating mode).
– Upper display line: shows primary measured values, e.g. mass flow in [kg/h] or in [%].
– Lower display line: shows additional measured variables and status variables, e.g. totalizer reading in [t],
bar graph, measuring point designation.
Plus/minus keys (2)
– Enter numerical values, select parameters
– Select different function groups within the function matrix
Press the +/− keys simultaneously to trigger the following functions:
– Exit the function matrix step by step → HOME position
– Press and hold down +/− keys for longer than 3 seconds → Return directly to HOME position
– Cancel data entry
Enter key (3)
– HOME position → Entry into the function matrix
– Save the numerical values you input or settings you change
Endress+Hauser
31
5 Operation
Promass 80
5.2
!
Brief operating instruction to the function matrix
Note:
• See the general notes on Page 33.
• Function descriptions → see the “Description of Device Functions” manual
1.
2.
3.
HOME position → F → Enter the function matrix
Select a function group (e.g. CURRENT OUTPUT 1)
Select a function (e.g. TIME CONSTANT)
Change parameter / enter numerical values:
OS → select or enter: enable code, parameters, numerical values
F → save your entries
Exit the function matrix:
– Press and hold down Esc key (X) for longer than 3 seconds → HOME position
– Repeatedly press Esc key (X) → return step by step to HOME position
F06-x0xxxxxx-19-xx-xx-xx-000
4.
Fig. 21:
32
Selecting functions and configuring parameters (function matrix)
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
5 Operation
5.2.1
General notes
The Quick Setup menu (see Page 38) contains the default settings that are adequate for
commissioning.
Complex measuring operations on the other hand necessitate additional functions that
you can configure as necessary and customise to suit your process parameters. The
function matrix, therefore, comprises a multiplicity of additional functions which, for the
sake of clarity, are arranged in a number of function groups.
Comply with the following instructions when configuring functions:
• You select functions as described on Page 32.
• You can switch off certain functions (OFF). If you do so, related functions in other
function groups will no longer be displayed.
• Certain functions prompt you to confirm your data entries. Press OS to select “SURE
[ YES ]” and press F again to confirm. This saves your setting or starts a function, as
applicable.
• Return to the HOME position is automatic if no key is pressed for 5 minutes.
• Programming mode is disabled automatically if you do not press a key within
60 seconds following automatic return to the HOME position.
!
"
Note:
• The transmitter continues to measure while data entry is in progress, i.e. the current
measured values are output via the signal outputs in the normal way.
• If the power supply fails all preset and parameterised values remain safely stored in
the EEPROM.
Caution:
All functions are described in detail, as is the function matrix itself, in the “Description
of Device Functions” manual, which is a separate part of this Operating Instruction.
5.2.2
Enabling the programming mode
The function matrix can be disabled. Disabling the function matrix rules out the possibility of inadvertent changes to device functions, numerical values or factory settings.
A numerical code (factory setting = 80) has to be entered before settings can be
changed. If you use a code number of your choice, you exclude the possibility of
unauthorised persons accessing data (→ see the “Description of Device Functions”
manual).
Comply with the following instructions when entering codes:
• If programming is disabled and the 6 keys are pressed in any function, a prompt for
the code automatically appears on the display.
• If “0” is entered as the customer's code, programming is always enabled.
• The E+H service organisation can be of assistance if you mislay your personal code.
"
Caution:
Changing certain parameters such as all sensor characteristics, for example, influences
numerous functions of the entire measuring system, particularly measuring accuracy.
There is no need to change these parameters under normal circumstances and consequently, they are protected by a special code known only to the E+H service organisation. Please contact Endress+Hauser if you have any questions.
5.2.3
Disabling the programming mode
Programming is disabled if you do not press a key within 60 seconds following automatic return to the HOME position.
You can also disable programming in the “ACCESS CODE” function by entering any
number (other than the customer's code).
Endress+Hauser
33
5 Operation
Promass 80
5.3
Display of error messages
Type of error
Errors that occur during commissioning or measuring are displayed immediately. If two
or more system or process errors occur, the error with the highest priority is the one
shown on the display. The measuring system distinguishes between two types of error:
F06-x0xxxxxx-07-xx-xx-xx-000’
• System error: this group includes all device errors, for example communication errors,
hardware errors, etc. → see Page 50
• Process error: this group includes all application errors, for example empty pipe, etc.
→ see Page 53
Fig. 22:
1
2
3
4
5
Error messages on the display (example)
Error type: P = process error, S = system error
Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message (definition: see below)
Error designation: e.g. FLUID INHOM. = fluid is not homogeneous
Error number: e.g. # 702
Duration of most recent error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
Error message types
Users have the option of weighting system and process errors differently, by defining
them as “Fault messages” or “Notice messages”. You can define messages in this
way with the aid of the function matrix (see the “Description of Device Functions” manual). Serious system errors, e.g. module defects, are always identified and classified as
“fault messages” by the measuring device.
Notice message (!)
• Displayed as → Exclamation mark (!), error type (S: system error, P: process error).
• The error in question has no effect on the inputs or outputs of the measuring device.
Fault message ( $)
• Displayed as → Lightning flash ( $), error type (S: system error, P: process error).
• The error in question has a direct effect on the inputs or outputs.
The response of the inputs or outputs (failsafe mode) can be defined by means of
functions in the function matrix (see Page 56).
!
34
Note:
For security reasons, error messages should be output via the status output.
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
5 Operation
5.4
Communication
In addition to local operation, the measuring device can also be configured and measured values obtained by means of the HART protocol. You have two options:
• Operation with the “HART Communicator DXR 275” universal handheld terminal.
• Operation by means of a personal computer using operating software (e.g. “FieldTool™”) and a HART modem (e.g. “Commubox FXA 191”).
5.4.1
HART Communicator DXR 275
Selecting device functions with a HART Communicator is a process involving a number
of menu levels and a special HART function matrix (see the “Description of Device Functions” manual).
Note:
• The HART protocol requires the “4–20 mA HART” or “4–20 mA (25 mA) HART” setting
in the CURRENT SPAN function (current output).
• The HART manual in the carrying case of the HART Communicator contains more
detailed information on the device.
5.4.2
FieldTool™ operating program
FieldTool™ is a universal service and configuration software package designed for the
PROline measuring devices. Connection is by means of the PROline service interface
(service adapter) with a Commubox FXA 193 or the HART interface with a Commubox
FXA 191.
The functionality of FieldTool™ includes the following:
• Configuration of device functions
• Visualisation of measuring values (including data logging)
• Data backup of device parameters
• Measuring point documentation
!
Endress+Hauser
Note:
You can find more information on FieldTool™ in the following E+H document:
• System Information: SI 031D/06/en “FieldTool™”
35
5 Operation
36
Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
6 Commissioning
6
Commissioning
6.1
Function check
Make sure that all final checks have been completed before you start up your measuring
point:
• Checklist for “Post installation check” → Page 21
• Checklist for “Post connection check” → Page 30
6.2
Commissioning
6.2.1
Switching on the measuring device
Once the function checks have been successfully completed, it is time to switch on the
power supply. The device is now operational.
The measuring device performs a number of power on self-tests. As this procedure
progresses the following sequence of messages appears on the local display:
PROMASS 80
START-UP
Start-up message
▼
SW AMPLIFIER
XX.XX.XX
Current software version (example)
▼
SYSTEM OK
→ OPERATION
Beginning of normal measuring mode
Normal measuring mode commences as soon as start-up completes. Various measured
value and/or status variables appear on the display (HOME position).
!
Endress+Hauser
Note:
If start-up fails, an error message indicating the cause is displayed.
37
6 Commissioning
Promass 80
6.2.2
Quick Setup “Commissioning”
F06-80xxxxxx-19-xx-xx-en-000
This Quick Setup menu guides you systematically through the setup procedure for all
the major device functions that have to be configured for standard measuring operation.
Fig. 23:
38
Quick Setup menu for straightforward configuration of the major device functions
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
6 Commissioning
6.2.3
Zero point adjustment
All Promass measuring devices are calibrated with state-of-the-art technology. The zero
point obtained in this way is printed on the nameplate. Calibration takes place under reference operating conditions (see Page 69). Consequently, the zero point adjustment is
generally not necessary for Promass.
Experience shows that the zero point adjustment is advisable only in special cases:
• To achieve highest measuring accuracy also with very small flow rates.
• Under extreme process or operating conditions (e.g. very high process temperatures
or very high viscosity fluids).
Preconditions for a zero point adjustment
Note the following before you perform a zero point adjustment:
• A zero point adjustment can be performed only with fluids that contain no gas or solid
contents.
• A Zero point adjustment is performed with the measuring tubes completely filled and
at zero flow (v = 0 m/s). This can be achieved, for example, with shut-off valves
upstream and/or downstream of the sensor or by using existing valves and gates
(Fig. 24):
– Normal operation → valves 1 and 2 open
– Zero point adjustment with pump pressure → valve 1 open / valve 2 closed
– Zero point adjustment without pump pressure → valve 1 closed / valve 2 open
Caution:
• If the fluid is very difficult to measure (e.g. containing entrained solids or gas) it may
prove impossible to obtain a stable zero point despite repeated zero point adjustments. In instances of this nature, please contact your E+H service center.
• You can view the currently valid zero point value using the “ZERO POINT” function
(see the “Description of Device Functions” manual).
F06-xxxxxxxx-11-00-00-xx-001
"
Fig. 24:
Endress+Hauser
Zero point adjustment and shut-off valves
39
6 Commissioning
Promass 80
Performing a zero point adjustment
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Operate the system until operating conditions have settled.
Stop the flow (v = 0 m/s).
Check the shut-off valves for leaks.
Check that operating pressure is correct.
Perform a zero point adjustment as follows:
Key
Procedure
Display text
F
HOME position → Enter the function matrix
>GROUP SELECTION <
MEASURED VARIABLES
P
Select the “PROCESS PARAMETER” function group
>GROUP SELECTION <
PROCESS PARAMETER
N
Select the “ZERO ADJUST.” function
ZERO ADJUST.
CANCEL
P
When you press +/– you are automatically prompted to enter
the code if the function matrix is still disabled.
CODE ENTRY
0
P
Enter the code (80 = default)
CODE ENTRY
80
F
Confirm the code as entered.
PROGRAMMING
ENABLED
The “ZERO ADJUST” function reappears on the display.
ZERO ADJUST.
CANCEL
P
Select “START”
ZERO ADJUST.
YES
F
Confirm the entry by pressing the Enter key.
The confirmation prompt appears on the display.
ZERO ADJUST.
SURE? [ NO ]
P
Select “YES”.
ZERO ADJUST.
SURE? [ YES ]
S: ZERO ADJUSTMENT
RUNNING
F
Confirm the entry by pressing the Enter key. Zero point adjustment now starts. While zero point adjustment is in progress, the
display shown here is visible for 30...60 seconds.
If the flow of fluid in the pipe exceeds 0.1 m/s, an error message appears on the display: “A: ZERO ADJUST NOT POSSIBLE”
When the zero point adjustment completes, the “ZERO
ADJUST.” function reappears on the display.
ZERO ADJUST.
CANCEL
After actuating the Enter key, the new zeropoint value is
displayed.
ZERO POINT
F
X
40
Press +/– simultaneously → HOME position
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
6 Commissioning
6.2.4
Density adjustment
Measuring accuracy in determining fluid density has a direct effect on calculating
volume flow. Density adjustment, therefore, is necessary under the following circumstances:
• The sensor does not measure exactly the density value that the user expects on the
basis of laboratory analyses.
• The fluid properties are outside the measuring points set at the factory, or the
reference operating conditions used to calibrate the measuring device.
• The system is used exclusively to measure a fluid’s density which must be registered
to a high degree of accuracy under constant conditions.
Performing a density adjustment
"
Caution:
• On-site density adjustment can be performed only if the user has very detailed knowledge of the fluid density, obtained for example from detailed laboratory analyses.
• The target density value specified in this way must not deviate from the measured fluid
density by more than ±10%.
• An error in defining the target density affects all calculated density and volume functions.
• A density adjustment changes the factory density calibration values or the calibration
values set by the service technician.
The functions outlined in the instructions below are described in detail in the “Description of Device Functions” manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
"
Caution:
If a density adjustment does not complete correctly, you can select the “RESTORE
ORIGINAL” function to reactivate the default density coefficient.
6.
Endress+Hauser
Fill the sensor with fluid. Make sure that the measuring tubes are completely filled
and that liquids are free of gas bubbles.
Wait until the temperature difference between fluid and measuring tube has equalised. The time you have to wait for equalisation depends on the fluid and the temperature level.
Select the density adjustment function:
HOME → F → R → PROCESSPARAMETER → N → DENSITY SET VALUE
– When you press OS you are automatically prompted to enter the code if the function matrix is still disabled. Enter the code.
– Use OS to enter the fluid's target density and press F to save this value (input
range = actual density value ±10%).
Press F and select the “MEASURE FLUID” function.
Use OS to select “START” and press F . Then, the message “DENSITY ADJUST
RUNNING” appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display. During this time
Promass measures the current density of the fluid (measured density value).
Press F and select the “DENSITY ADJUST” function.
Use OS to select “DENSITY ADJUST” and press F . Promass compares the measured density value with the specified value and calculates the new density coefficient.
Use X to return to the HOME position (press +/– simultaneously).
41
6 Commissioning
Promass 80
6.2.5
Current output: active/passive
The current output is configured as “active” or “passive” by means of various jumpers
on the I/O board.
#
Warning:
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that
the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
1.
2.
3.
"
Switch off power supply.
Remove the I/O board → Page 59, 61
Set the jumpers in accordance with Fig. 25.
Caution:
Risk of destroying the measuring device. Set the jumpers exactly as shown in
Fig. 25. Incorrectly set jumpers can cause overcurrents that would destroy either
the measuring device or external devices connected to it.
Installation of the I/O board is the reverse of the removal procedure.
F06-x0xxxxxx-16-xx-06-xx-000
4.
Fig. 25:
1
2
42
Configuring the current output (I/O board)
Active current output (default)
Passive current output
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
6 Commissioning
6.2.6
Purging and pressure monitoring connections
In case a danger of measuring tube failure exists due to process characteristics, e.g.
with corrosive process fluids, we recommend the use of sensors whose secondary containment is equipped with special pressure monitoring connections (ordering option).
With the help of these connections, fluid collected in the secondary containment in the
event of tube failure can be bled off. This is especially important in high pressure gas
applications.
These connections can also be used for gas purging (gas detection).
"
Endress+Hauser
Caution:
The following instructions apply to handling sensors with purge or pressure monitoring
connections:
• The secondary containment is filled with dry nitrogen (N2). Do not open the purge connections unless the containment can be filled immediately with a dry inert gas.
• Use only low gauge pressure to purge. Maximum pressure: 5 bar
43
6 Commissioning
44
Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
7 Maintenance
7
Maintenance
The Promass 80 flow measuring system requires no special maintenance.
Exterior cleaning
When cleaning the exterior of measuring devices, always use cleaning agents that do
not attack the surface of the housing and the seals.
Cleaning with pigs (Promass I)
If pigs are used for cleaning, it is essential to take the inside diameters of measuring
tube and process connection into account (see Page 119 ff.).
Replacing seals
Under normal circumstances, fluid wetted seals of the Promass A and Promass M
sensors do not require replacement. Replacement is necessary only in special circumstances, for example if aggressive or corrosive fluids are incompatible with the seal
material.
!
Endress+Hauser
Note:
• The period between changes depends on the fluid properties and on the frequency
of cleaning cycles in the case of CIP/SIP cleaning.
• Replacement seals (accessories) → Page 47.
45
7 Maintenance
46
Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
8 Accessories
8
Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the transmitter and the sensor. The E+H service organisation can provide
detailed information on the order codes of your choice.
Accessory
Description
Ordering code
Transmitter
Promass 80
Transmitter for replacement or for stock. Use
the order code to define the following specifications:
– Approvals
– Degree of protection / version
– Cable entries
– Display / power supply / operation
– Software
– Outputs / inputs
80XXX − XXXXX * * * * * *
Installation set for
transmitter
Mounting set for remote version. Suitable for:
– Wall mounting
– Pipe mounting
– Installation in control panel
DK8WM − *
Post mounting set for
the Promass A sensor
Post mounting set for the Promass A
DK8AS − * *
Mounting set for the
Promass A sensor
Mounting set for Promass A, comprising:
– 2 process connections (see Page 113 ff.)
– Seals
DK8MS − * * * * * *
Set of seals for sensor
For replacement of the seals of the Promass M
and Promass A sensors.
Set consists of two seals.
DKS − * * *
HART Communicator
DXR 275 handheld
terminal
Handheld terminal for remote parameterisation and for obtaining measured values via the
current output HART (4...20 mA).
DXR275 − * * * * * *
Contact your E+H representative for more
information.
Applicator ™
Software for selecting and configuring flowmeters.
Applicator™ can be downloaded from the
Internet or ordered on CD-ROM for installation
on a local PC.
DKA80 − *
Contact your E+H representative for more
information.
FieldTool ™
Configuration and service software for flowmeters in the field:
– Commissioning, maintenance analysis
– Configuring flowmeters
– Service functions
– Visualisation of process data
– Trouble-shooting
– Controlling the “FieldCheck™” tester/simulator
DXS10 − * * * * *
Contact your E+H representative for more
information.
Endress+Hauser
47
8 Accessories
Promass 80
Accessory
Description
Ordering code
FieldCheck ™
Tester/simulator for testing flowmeters in the
field. When used in conjunction with the
“FieldTool™” software package, test results
can be imported into a database, printed and
used for official certification.
DXC10 − * *
Contact your E+H representative for more
information.
48
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
9 Trouble-shooting
9
Trouble-shooting
9.1
Trouble-shooting instructions
Always start trouble-shooting with the checklists below, if faults occur after start-up or
during operation. The routine takes you directly to the cause of the problem and the
appropriate remedial measures.
Check the display
No display visible and no
output signals present.
1. Check the power supply → terminals 1, 2
2. Check the power line fuse → Page 63
85...260 V AC: 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V
20...55 V AC and 16...62 V DC: 2 A slow-blow / 250 V
3. Measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 58
No display visible, but output signals are present.
1. Check whether the ribbon cable connector of the display module is
correctly plugged into the amplifier board → Page 60, 62
2. Display module defective → order spare parts → Page 58
3. Measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 58
Display texts are in a foreign
language.
Switch off power supply. Press and hold down both the +/− keys and
switch on the measuring device. The display text will appear in English
(default) and is displayed at maximum contrast.
Measured value indicated,
but no signal at the current
or pulse output
Measuring electronics defective → order spare parts → Page 58
▼
Error messages on display
Errors which occur during commissioning or measuring operation are displayed immediately.
Error messages consist of a variety of icons. The meanings of these icons are as follows:
– Error type: S = system error, P = process error
– Error message type: $ = fault message, ! = notice message
– MEDIUM INHOM. = error designation, e.g. fluid is not homogeneous
– 03:00:05 = duration of error occurrence (in hours, minutes and seconds)
– # 702 = error number
"
Caution:
• Also observe the information on Page 34 ff.!
• The measuring system interprets simulations and positive zero return as system errors, but displays
them as notice message only.
Error number:
No. 001 – 400
No. 601 – 699
System error (device error) has occurred → Page 50
Error number:
No. 500 – 600
No. 700 – 750
Process error (application error) has occurred → Page 53
▼
Other error (without error message)
Some other error has
occurred.
Endress+Hauser
Diagnosis and rectification → Page 55
49
9 Trouble-shooting
Promass 80
9.2
"
System error messages
Caution:
In the event of a serious fault, a flowmeter might have to be returned to the manufacturer
for repair. The procedures on Page 8 must be carried out before you return a flowmeter
to Endress+Hauser.
Always enclose a duly completed “Safety regulation” form. You will find a preprinted
form at the back of this manual.
Type
Error message / No.
Cause
Remedy / spare part
Serious system errors are always recognized by the instrument as “Fault message”, and are shown as a
lightning flash on the display. Fault messages immediately affect the inputs and outputs.
Simulations and positive zero return, on the other hand, are classed and displayed as notice messages.
Also observe the information on → Page 34 ff. and 56.
S = System error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on the inputs and outputs)
! = Notice message (without an effect on the inputs and outputs)
S
CRITICAL FAILURE
# 001
Serious device error
Replace the amplifier board.
Spare parts → Page 58
S
AMP HW EEPROM
# 011
Amplifier:
Defective EEPROM
Replace the amplifier board.
Spare parts → Page 58
S
AMP SW EEPROM
# 012
Amplifier:
Error accessing EEPROM data
The EEPROM data blocks in which
an error has occurred are displayed in the “RESTORE DATA
FAILURE” function.
Press Enter to acknowledge the
errors in question; default values
are automatically inserted instead
of the errored parameter values.
$
$
$
!
Note:
The measuring device has to be
restarted if an error has occurred
in a totalizer block (see error
No. 111 / CHECKSUM TOTAL).
S
$
50
SENSOR HW DAT
# 031
Sensor:
1. S-DAT™ is defective.
2. S-DAT™ is not plugged into
the I/O board or is missing.
1. Replace the S-DAT™.
Spare parts → Page 58
Check the spare part set
number to ensure that the new,
replacement DAT is compatible with the measuring electronics.
2. Plug the S-DAT™ into the
I/O board → Page 60, 62
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
9 Trouble-shooting
Type
Error message / No.
Cause
Remedy / spare part
S
SENSOR SW DAT
# 032
Sensor:
Error accessing the calibration
values stored in the S-DAT™.
1. Check whether the
S-DAT™ is correctly plugged
into the amplifier board →
Page 60, 62
2. Replace the S-DAT™ if it is
defective. Spare parts →
Page 58
Before replacing the DAT,
check that the new, replacement DAT is compatible with
the measuring electronics.
Check the:
– Spare part set number
– Hardware revision code
3. Replace measuring electronics boards if necessary.
Spare parts → Page 58
S
A / C COMPATIB.
# 051
The I/O board and the amplifier
board are not compatible.
Use only compatible modules and
boards. Check the compatibility of
the modules used.
Check the:
– Spare part set number
– Hardware revision code
S
CHECKSUM TOTAL
# 111
Totalizer checksum error
1. Restart the measuring device
2. Replace the amplifier board if
necessary.
Spare parts → Page 58
S
COMMUNICATION I/O
# 261
No data reception between
amplifier and I/O board or faulty
internal data transfer.
Check the BUS contacts
S
CURRENT RANGE
# 351
Current output:
Flow is out of range.
1. Change the upper or lower
limit setting, as applicable.
2. Increase or reduce flow, as
applicable.
S
FREQUENCY RANGE
# 355
Frequency output:
Flow is out of range.
1. Change the upper or lower
limit setting, as applicable.
2. Increase or reduce flow, as
applicable.
S
PULSE RANGE
# 359
Pulse output:
Pulse output frequency is out of
range.
1. Increase the setting for pulse
weighting
2. Increase the max. pulse
frequency, if the totalizer can
handle a higher number of
pulses.
3. Reduce flow.
S
FREQ. LIM
# 379 / 380
The measuring tube oscillation
frequency is outside the permitted range.
Contact your E+H service
organisation.
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Causes:
– Damaged measuring tube
– Sensor defective or damaged
Endress+Hauser
51
9 Trouble-shooting
Promass 80
Type
Error message / No.
Cause
Remedy / spare part
S
FLUIDTEMP. LIM
# 381/ 382
The temperature sensor on the
measuring tube is likely defective.
Check the following electrical
connections before you contact
your E+H service organisation:
– Verify that the sensor signal
cable connector is correctly
plugged into the amplifier
board. → Page 60, 62.
– Remote version:
Check sensor and transmitter
terminal connections No. 9
and 10 → Page 23.
S
CARR. TEMP. LIM
# 383 / 384
The temperature sensor on the
carrier tube is likely defective.
Check the following electrical
connections before you contact
your E+H service organisation:
– Verify that the sensor signal
cable connector is correctly
plugged into the amplifier board
→ Page 60, 62.
– Remote version:
Check sensor and transmitter
terminal connections No. 11
and 12 → Page 23.
S
EL. DYN. SENSOR
# 385 / 386 / 387
One of the measuring tube
exciter coils (inlet or outlet) is
likely defective.
Check the following electrical
connections before you contact
your E+H service organisation:
– Verify that the sensor signal
cable connector is correctly
plugged into the amplifier board
→ Page 60, 62.
– Remote version:
Check sensor and transmitter
terminal connections No. 4, 5, 6
and 7 → Page 23.
S
AMP. FAULT
# 388 / 389/ 390
Amplifier error
Contact your E+H service
organisation.
S
!
POSITIVE ZERO
RETURN
# 601
Positive zero return active.
Switch off positive zero return
$
$
$
$
"
Caution:
This message has the highest
display priority.
52
S
!
SIM. CURR. OUT.
# 611
Simulation current output active
Switch off simulation
S
!
SIM. FREQ. OUT.
# 621
Simulation frequency output
active
Switch off simulation
S
!
SIM. PULSE
# 631
Simulation pulse output active
Switch off simulation
S
!
SIM. STATUS OUT
# 641
Simulation status output active
Switch off simulation
S
!
SIM. STATUS IN
# 671
Simulation status input active
Switch off simulation
S
!
SIM. FAILSAFE
# 691
Simulation of response to error
(outputs) active
Switch off simulation
S
!
SIM. MEASURAND
# 692
Simulation of measuring variables
(e.g. mass flow)
Switch off simulation
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
9 Trouble-shooting
9.3
Type
Process error messages
Error message / No.
Cause
Remedy
Process errors can be defined as either “Fault” or “Notice” messages and can thereby be weighted
differently. Determination of this is done via the function matrix (see the “Description of Device Functions”
Manual). The error types listed in the following correspond to the factory settings.
Also observe the information on → Page 34 ff. and 56
P = Process error
$ = Fault message (with an effect on the inputs and outputs)
! = Notice message (without an effect on the inputs and outputs)
P
$
OSC. AMP. LIM.
# 586
The fluid properties do not allow a
continuation of the measurement.
Change or improve process
conditions.
Causes:
– Extremely high viscosity
– Process fluid is very inhomogeneous (gas or solid content)
P
TUBE NOT OSC
# 587
Extreme process conditions exist.
The measuring system can therefore not be started.
Change or improve process
conditions.
P
NOISE LIMIT
# 588
Overdriving of the internal analog
to digital converter.
Change or improve process conditions, e.g. by reducing the flow
velocity.
$
$
Causes:
– Cavitation
– Extreme pressure pulses
– High gas flow velocity
A continuation of the measurement is no longer possible!
P
!
EMPTY PIPE
# 700
The process fluid density is outside the upper or lower limit values set in the “EPD” function
Causes:
– Air in the measuring tube
– Partly filled measuring tube
P
!
EXC. CURR. LIM.
# 701
The maximum current value for
the measuring tube exciter coils
has been reached, since certain
process fluid characteristics are
extreme, e.g. high gas or solid
content.
The instrument continues to work
correctly.
Endress+Hauser
1. Ensure that there is no gas
content in the process liquid.
2. Adapt the values in the “EPD”
function to the current process
conditions.
In particular with outgassing fluids
and/or increased gas content, the
following measures are recommended to increase system
pressure:
1. Install the instrument at the
outlet side of a pump.
2. Install the instrument at the
lowest point of an ascending
pipeline.
3. Install a flow restriction, e.g.
reducer or orifice, downstream from the instrument.
53
9 Trouble-shooting
Promass 80
Type
Error message / No.
Cause
Remedy
P
!
FLUID INHOM.
# 702
Frequency control is not stable,
due to inhomogeneous process
fluid, e.g. gas or solid content.
In particular with outgassing fluids
and/or increased gas content, the
following measures are recommended to increase system
pressure:
1. Mount the instrument at the
outlet side of a pump.
2. Mount the instrument at the
lowest point of an ascending
pipeline.
3. Install a flow restriction, e.g.
reducer or orifice, downstream from the instrument.
P
!
NOISE LIMIT
# 703 / 704
Overdriving of the internal analog
to digital converter.
Change or improve process conditions, e.g. by reducing the flow
velocity.
Causes:
– Cavitation
– Extreme pressure pulses
– High gas flow velocity
A continuation of the measurement is still possible!
54
P
!
FLOW LIMIT
# 705
The mass flow is too high.
The electronics' measuring range
will be exceeded.
Reduce flow
P
!
ADJ. ZERO FAIL
# 731
The zero point adjustment is not
possible or has been cancelled.
Make sure that zero point adjustment is carried out at “zero flow”
only (v = 0 m/s) → Page 39.
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
9 Trouble-shooting
9.4
Process errors without messages
Symptoms
Rectification
Remark:
You may have to change or correct certain settings of the function matrix in order to rectify faults.
The functions outlined below, such as DISPLAY DAMPING, for example, are described in detail in the
“Description of Device Functions” manual.
Measured value reading
fluctuates even though flow
is steady.
1. Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.
2. In the “TIME CONSTANT” function (CURRENT OUTPUT) → increase
the value
3. In the “DISPLAY DAMPING” function (USER INTERFACE) → increase
the value
Measured value reading
shown on display, even
though the fluid is at a
standstill and the measuring
tube is full.
1. Check the fluid for presence of gas bubbles.
2. Activate the “ON-VAL. LF-CUTOFF” function (PROCESS PARAMETER), i.e. enter or increase the value for the creepage.
The fault cannot be rectified
or some other fault not
described above has
occured.
In these instances, please
contact your E+H service
organisation.
The following options are available for tackling problems of this nature:
Request the services of an E+H service technician
If you contact our service organisation to have a service technician sent
out, please be ready with the following information:
– Brief description of the fault
– Nameplate specifications (Page 9 ff.): Order code and serial number
Returning devices to E+H
The procedures on Page 8 must be carried out before you return a flowmeter requiring repair or calibration to Endress+Hauser.
Always enclose a duly completed “Safety regulation” form with the flowmeter. You will find a preprinted “Safety regulation” form at the back of
this manual.
Replace transmitter electronics
Components in the measuring electronics defective →
order replacement → Page 58
Endress+Hauser
55
9 Trouble-shooting
Promass 80
9.5
!
Response of outputs to errors
Note:
The failsafe mode of totalizers, current, pulse and frequency outputs can be customised
by means of various functions in the function matrix. You will find detailed information on
these procedures in the “Description of Device Functions” manual.
Positive zero return and failsafe mode:
You can use positive zero return to set the signals of the current, pulse and frequency
outputs to their fallback value, for example when measuring has to be interrupted while
a pipe is being cleaned. This function takes priority over all other device functions.
Simulations, for example, are suppressed.
Failsafe mode of outputs and totalizers
Process/system error is present
Positive zero return is activated
"
Caution:
System or process errors defined as “Notice messages” have no effect whatsoever on the inputs and
outputs. See the information on Page 34 ff.
Current output
MINIMUM CURRENT
0–20 mA (25 mA) → 0 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) → 2 mA
HART 4–20 mA (25 mA) → 2 mA
0–20 mA → 0 mA
4–20 mA → 2 mA
HART 4–20 mA → 2 mA
Output signal corresponds to
“zero flow”
MAXIMUM CURRENT
0–20 mA (25 mA) → 25 mA
4–20 mA (25 mA) → 25 mA
HART 4–20 mA (25 mA) → 25 mA
0–20 mA (NAMUR) → 22 mA
4–20 mA (NAMUR) → 22 mA
HART 4–20 mA (NAMUR) → 22 mA
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the
fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Fault is ignored, i.e. normal measured value
output on the basis of ongoing flow measurement.
Pulse output
FALLBACK VALUE
Signal output → no pulses
Output signal corresponds to
“zero flow”
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the
fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Fault is ignored, i.e. normal measured value
output on the basis of ongoing flow measurement.
56
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
9 Trouble-shooting
Failsafe mode of outputs and totalizers
Frequency output
Process/system error is present
Positive zero return is activated
FALLBACK VALUE
Signal output → 0 Hz
Output signal corresponds to
“zero flow”
FAILSAFE LEVEL
Output of the frequency specified in the
FAILSAFE VALUE function (No. 4211).
HOLD VALUE
Last valid value (preceding occurrence of the
fault) is output.
ACTUAL VALUE
Fault is ignored, i.e. normal measured value
output on the basis of ongoing flow measurement.
Totalizer
STOP
The totalizers are paused until the error is
rectified.
Totalizer stops
ACTUAL VALUE
The fault is ignored. The totalizers continue to
count in accordance with the current flow
value.
HOLD VALUE
The totalizers continue to count the flow in
accordance with the last valid flow value
(before the error occurred).
Status output
Endress+Hauser
In the event of a fault or power supply failure:
Status output → non-conductive
No effect on status output
57
9 Trouble-shooting
Promass 80
9.6
Spare parts
Section 9.1 contains a detailed trouble-shooting guide. The measuring device, moreover, provides additional support in the form of continuous self-diagnosis and error
messages.
Fault rectification can entail replacing defective components with tested spare parts.
The illustration below shows the available scope of spare parts.
!
Note:
You can order spare parts directly from your E+H service organisation by providing the
serial number printed on the transmitter's nameplate (see Page 9).
F06-80xxxxxx-03-06-06-xx-000
Spare parts are shipped as sets comprising the following parts:
• Spare part
• Additional parts, small items (threaded fasteners, etc.)
• Mounting instructions
• Packaging
Fig. 26:
1
2
3
4
5
58
Spare parts for Promass 80 transmitter (field and wall-mounted housing)
Power unit board (85...260 V AC, 20...55 V AC, 16...62 V DC)
Amplifier board
I/O board (COM module)
S-DAT™ (sensor data memory)
Display module
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
9 Trouble-shooting
9.7
Removing and installing printed circuit boards
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards (Fig. 27)
#
Warning:
• Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure
that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics
compartment.
• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can
damage electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a
grounded working surface purposely built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
"
Endress+Hauser
Unscrew cover of the electronics compartment from the transmitter housing.
Remove the local display (1) as follows:
– Press in the latches (1.1) at the side and remove the display module.
– Disconnect the ribbon cable (1.2) of the display module from the amplifier board.
Remove the screws and remove the cover (2) from the electronics compartment.
Remove power unit board and I/O board (4, 6):
Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear
of its holder.
Remove amplifier board (5):
– Disconnect the plug of the sensor signal cable (5.1) including S-DAT™ (5.3) from
the board.
– Disconnect the plug of the excitation current cable (5.2) from the board.
– Insert a thin pin into the hole (3) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear
of its holder.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Caution:
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
59
Promass 80
F06-80xxxxxx-03-06-06-xx-001
9 Trouble-shooting
Fig. 27:
1
1.1
1.2
2
3
4
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
6
60
Field housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Local display
Latch
Ribbon cable (display module)
Screws of electronics compartment cover
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power unit board
Amplifier board
Signal cable (sensor)
Excitation current cable (sensor)
S-DAT™ (sensor data memory)
I/O board
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
9 Trouble-shooting
Wall-mount housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards (Fig. 28)
#
Warning:
• Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure
that the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics
compartment.
• Risk of damaging electronic components (ESD protection). Static electricity can
damage electronic components or impair their operability. Use a workplace with a
grounded working surface, purposely built for electrostatically sensitive devices!
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
"
Endress+Hauser
Remove the screws and open the hinged cover (1) of the housing.
Remove the screws securing the electronics module (2). Then push up electronics
module and pull it as far as possible out of the wall-mounted housing.
Disconnect the following cable plugs from amplifier board (7):
– Unplug sensor signal cable (7.1) including S-DAT™ (7.3)
– Unplug excitation current cable (7.2)
– Unplug ribbon cable (3) of the display module
Remove the screws and remove the cover (4) from the electronics compartment.
Remove the boards (6, 7, 8):
Insert a thin pin into the hole (5) provided for the purpose and pull the board clear
of its holder.
Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.
Caution:
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
61
Promass 80
F06-80xxxxxx-03-03-06-xx-000
9 Trouble-shooting
Fig. 28:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
8
62
Wall-mounted housing: removing and installing printed circuit boards
Housing cover
Electronics module
Ribbon cable (display module)
Screws of electronics compartment cover
Aperture for installing/removing boards
Power unit board
Amplifier board
Signal cable (sensor)
Excitation current cable (sensor)
S-DAT™ (sensor data memory)
I/O board
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
9 Trouble-shooting
9.8
#
Replacing the device fuse
Warning:
Risk of electric shock. Exposed components carry dangerous voltages. Make sure that
the power supply is switched off before you remove the cover of the electronics compartment.
The main fuse is on the power unit board (Fig. 29).
The procedure for replacing the fuse is as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Switch off power supply.
Remove the power unit board → Page 59, 61
Remove cap (1) and replace the device fuse (2).
Use only fuses of the following type:
– Power supply 20...55 V AC / 16...62 V DC → 2.0 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 x 20 mm
– Power supply 85...260 V AC → 0.8 A slow-blow / 250 V; 5.2 x 20 mm
– Ex-rated devices → see the Ex documentation.
4.
Assembly is the reverse of the disassembly procedure.
"
F06-xxxxxxxx-03-xx-06-xx-000
Caution:
Use only original Endress+Hauser parts.
Fig. 29:
1
2
Endress+Hauser
Replacing the device fuse on the power unit board
Protective cap
Device fuse
63
9 Trouble-shooting
Promass 80
9.9
Software history
Software version /
date
Changes to software
Changes to documentation
Amplifier:
V 1.00.XX / 11.2000
Original software
–
Communication (I/O):
V 1.00.XX / 11.2000
64
Compatible with:
– FieldTool ™
– HART communicator DXR 275
(OS 4.6 and higher) with rev. 1, DD 1.
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
10
Technical data
10.1
Technical data at a glance
10.1.1
Applications
The measuring device is for mass flow and volume flow measurement of liquids and
gases in sealed piping systems. Application examples:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Chocolate, condensed milk, liquid sugar
Oils, fats
Acids, alkalis, lacquers, paints, solvents and cleaning agents
Pharmaceuticals, catalysts, inhibitors
Suspensions,
Gases, liquefied gases, etc.
10.1.2
Function and system design
Measuring principle
Mass flow measurement by the Coriolis principle
Measuring system
The measuring system consists of a transmitter and a sensor:
• Promass 80 transmitter
• Promass F, M, A or I sensor
Two versions are available:
• Compact version: transmitter and sensor form a single mechanical unit.
• Remote version: transmitter and sensor are installed separately.
10.1.3
Input
Measured variable
• Mass flow (proportional to the phase difference between two sensors mounted on the
measuring tube to register a phase shift in the oscillation)
• Fluid density (proportional to resonance frequency of the measuring tube)
• Fluid temperature (measured with temperature sensors)
Measuring range
Measuring ranges for liquids (Promass F, M):
Endress+Hauser
DN
Range of full scale values (liquids)
∙
∙
m min ( F ) ... m max ( F)
8
15
25
40
50
80
100
0...2000 kg/h
0...6500 kg/h
0...18000 kg/h
0...45000 kg/h
0...70000 kg/h
0...180000 kg/h
0...350000 kg/h
65
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Measuring ranges for liquids (Promass A):
DN
1
2
4
Range of full scale values (liquids)
∙
∙
m min ( F) ... m max ( F )
0...20 kg/h
0...100 kg/h
0...450 kg/h
Measuring ranges for liquids (Promass I):
DN
Range of full scale values (liquids)
∙
∙
m min ( F ) ... m max ( F )
8
15
15 *
25
25 *
40
40 *
50
0...2000 kg/h
0...6500 kg/h
0...18000 kg/h
0...18000 kg/h
0...45000 kg/h
0...45000 kg/h
0...70000 kg/h
0...70000 kg/h
* DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Measuring ranges for gases:
The full scale values depend on the density of the gas. Use the formula below to
calculate the full scale values:
ρ( G )
∙
∙
m max ( G ) = m max ( F ) ⋅ --------------------------3x [ kg ⁄ m ]
∙
m max (G) = Max. full scale value for gas [kg/h]
∙
m max (F) = Max. full scale value for liquid [kg/h]
ρ (G) = Gas density in [kg/m3] under process conditions
x = 160 (Promass F, M, I); x = 32 (Promass A)
Calculation example for gas:
• Sensor type: Promass F, DN 50
• Gas: air with a density of 60.3 kg/m3 (at 20 °C and 50 bar)
• Measuring range: 70000 kg/h
Max. possible full scale value:
∙
m max ( F ) ⋅ ρ ( G ) 70000 kg/h ⋅ 60.3 kg/h
∙
- = 26400 kg ⁄ h
m max ( G ) = ---------------------------------- = -------------------------------------------------------3
3
160 kg/m
160 kg/m
Recommended full scale values:
See Page 74 (“Limiting flow”)
Operable flow range
Greater than 1000 :1. Flows above the preset full scale value do not overload the
amplifier, i.e. totalizer values are registered correctly.
Input signal
Status input (auxiliary input):
U = 3...30 V DC, Ri = 5 kΩ, galvanically isolated.
Configurable for: totalizer reset, positive zero return, error message reset, zero point
adjustment
66
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
10.1.4
Output signal
Output
Current output:
Active/passive selectable, galvanically isolated, time constant selectable (0.05...100 s),
full scale value selectable, temperature coefficient: typically 0.005% o.r./°C;
resolution: 0.5 µA
• active: 0/4...20 mA, RL < 700 Ω (for HART: RL ≥ 250 Ω)
• passive: 4...20 mA, max. 30 V DC, Ri ≤ 150 Ω
Pulse / frequency output:
Passive, open collector, 30 V DC, 250 mA, galvanically isolated.
• Frequency output: full scale frequency 2...1000 Hz (fmax = 1250 Hz), on/off ratio 1:1,
pulse width max. 10 s
• Pulse output: pulse value and pulse polarity selectable, max. pulse width adjustable
(0.05...2 s), max. pulse frequency selectable
Signal on alarm
• Current output → failsafe mode selectable
• Pulse/frequency output → failsafe mode selectable
• Status output → “non-conductive” in the event of fault or power supply failure
Load
see “Output signal”
Switching output
Status output:
Open collector, max. 30 V DC / 250 mA, galvanically isolated.
Configurable for: error messages, Empty Pipe Detection (EPD), flow direction,
limit values
Low flow cutoff
Switch points for low flow cut off are selectable
Galvanic isolation
All circuits for inputs, outputs, and power supply are galvanically isolated from each
other.
10.1.5
Auxiliary energy
Electrical connections
see Page 23 ff.
Supply voltage
85...260 V AC, 45...65 Hz
20...55 V AC, 45...65 Hz
16...62 V DC
Potential equalisation
No measures necessary
Cable entries
Power supply and signal cables (inputs/outputs):
• Cable entry M20 x 1.5 (8...12 mm)
• Threads for cable entries, PG 13.5 (5...15 mm), 1/2" NPT, G 1/2"
Connecting cable for remote version:
• Cable entry M20 x 1.5 (8...12 mm)
• Threads for cable entries, PG 13.5 (5...15 mm), 1/2" NPT, G 1/2"
Endress+Hauser
67
10 Technical data
Promass 80
6 x 0.38 mm2 PVC cable with common shield and individually shielded cores.
Conductor resistance: ≤ 50 Ω/km
Capacitance: core/shield: ≤ 420 pF/m
Cable length: max. 20 m
Permanent operating temperature: max. +105 °C
Cable specifications
remote version
•
•
•
•
•
Power consumption
AC: <15 VA (including sensor)
DC: <15 W (including sensor)
Switch-on current:
• max. 13.5 A (< 50 ms) at 24 V DC
• max. 3 A (< 5 ms) at 260 V AC
Power supply failure
68
Lasting min. 1 power cycle:
• EEPROM saves measuring system data if power supply fails.
• S-DAT™ is an exchangeable data storage chip with sensor specific data:
nominal diameter, serial number, calibration factor, zero point, etc.
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
10.1.6
Performance characteristics
Reference operating
conditions
Error limits following ISO/DIS 11631:
• 20...30 °C; 2...4 bar
• Calibration systems as per national norms
• Zero point calibrated under operating conditions
• Field density calibrated (or special density calibration)
Maximum measured error
The following values refer to the pulse/frequency output.
Measured error at the current output is typically ±5 µA.
Mass flow (liquid)
Promass F: ±0.15% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass M: ±0.15% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass A: ±0.15% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass I: ±0.20% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Mass flow (gas)
Promass F: ±0.50% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass M: ±0.50% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass A: ±0.50% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass I: ±0.50% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Volume flow (liquid)
Promass F: ±0.20% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass M: ±0.25% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass A: ±0.25% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass I: ±0.50% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
o.r. = of reading
Zero point stability (Promass F, M):
DN
Maximum full scale value
[kg/h] or [l/h]
Zero point stability
[kg/h] or [l/h]
8
2000
0.100
15
6500
0.325
25
18000
0.90
40
45000
2.25
50
70000
3.50
80
180000
9.00
100
350000
14.00
Zero point stability (Promass A):
DN
Endress+Hauser
Maximum full scale value
[kg/h] or [l/h]
Zero point stability
[kg/h] or [l/h]
1
20
0.0010
2
100
0.0050
4
450
0.0225
69
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Zero point stability (Promass I):
DN
Maximum full scale value
[kg/h] or [l/h]
Zero point stability
[kg/h] or [l/h]
DN 8
2000
0.20
DN 15
6500
0.65
DN 15 *
18000
1.8
DN 25
18000
1.8
DN 25 *
45000
4.5
DN 40
45000
4.5
DN 40 *
70000
7.0
DN 50
70000
7.0
F06-80xxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000
* DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Maximum measured error in % of reading (example: Promass 80 F, M / DN 25)
Calculation example (mass flow, liquid):
Given: Promass 80 F / DN 25, flow = 8000 kg/h
Max. measured error: ±0.15% ± [(zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
0.9 kg/h
Max. measured error → ±0.15% ± --------------------------- ⋅ 100 % = ±0.161%
8000 kg/h
Density (liquid)
• Standard calibration:
Promass F: ±0.01 g/cc
Promass M: ±0.02 g/cc
Promass A: ±0.02 g/cc
Promass I: ±0.02 g/cc
• Special density calibration (optional). Calibration range = 0.8...1.8 g/cc, 5...80 °C:
Promass F: ±0.001 g/cc
Promass M: ±0.002 g/cc
Promass A: ±0.002 g/cc
Promass I: ±0.004 g/cc
70
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
• Field density calibration:
Promass F: ±0.0005 g/cc
Promass M: ±0.0010 g/cc
Promass A: ±0.0010 g/cc
Promass I: ±0.0020 g/cc
Temperature
±0.5 °C ±0.005 x T (T = fluid temperature in °C)
Repeatability
Flow measurement
• Mass flow (liquid):
±0.05% ± [1/2 x (zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
• Mass flow (gas):
±0.25% ± [1/2 x (zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
• Volume flow (liquid):
Promass F: ±0.05% ± [1/2 x (zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass M: ±0.10% ± [1/2 x (zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass A: ±0.10% ± [1/2 x (zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
Promass I: ±0.20% ± [1/2 x (zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
o.r. = of reading
Zero point stability: see “Max. measured error”
Calculation example (mass flow, liquid):
Given: Promass 80 F / DN 25, flow = 8000 kg/h
Repeatability: ±0.05% ± [1/2 x (zero point stability / measured value) x 100]% o.r.
0.9 kg/h
Repeatability → ±0.05% ± 1/2 ⋅ --------------------------- ⋅ 100 % = ±0.0556%
8000 kg/h
Density measurement (liquid)
Promass F: ±0.00025 g/cc (1 g/cc = 1 kg/l)
Promass M: ±0.0005 g/cc
Promass A: ±0.0005 g/cc
Promass I: ±0.001 g/cc
Temperature measurement
±0.25 °C ±0.0025 x T (T = fluid temperature in °C)
Influence of medium
temperature
Endress+Hauser
When there is a difference between the temperature for zero point adjustment and the
process temperature, the typical measured error of the Promass sensor is ±0.0002% of
the full scale value / °C.
71
10 Technical data
Influence of medium
pressure
Promass 80
The tables below show the effect on accuracy of mass flow due to a difference between
calibration pressure and process pressure.
Promass F, M:
DN
Promass F
% o.r. / bar
Promass M
% o.r. / bar
Promass M / high pressure
% o.r. / bar
8
No influence
0.009
0.006
15
No influence
0.008
0.005
25
No influence
0.009
0.003
40
–0.003
0.005
–
50
–0.008
No influence
–
80
–0.009
No influence
–
100
–0.012
–
–
o.r. = of reading
Promass I:
DN
Promass I
% o.r. / bar
DN 8
0.006
DN 15
DN 15
0.004
1)
DN 25
DN 25
0.006
1)
DN 40
DN 40
DN 50
1)
0.006
No influence
No influence
1)
0.006
0.006
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Promass A:
A difference between calibration pressure and process pressure has no effect on
measuring accuracy.
72
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
10.1.7
Operating conditions (installation)
Installation instructions
see Page 14 ff.
Inlet and outlet runs
There are no installation requirements regarding inlet and outlet runs.
Length of connecting
cable
Max. 20 meters (remote version)
System pressure
see Page 15
10.1.8
Ambient temperature
Operating conditions (environment)
–20...+60 °C (sensor, transmitter)
Install the device at a shady location. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic
regions.
Storage temperature
–40...+80 °C (preferably +20 °C)
Degree of protection
Standard: IP 67 (NEMA 4X) for transmitter and sensor
Shock resistance
According to IEC 68-2-31
Vibration resistance
Acceleration up to 1 g, 10...150 Hz, following IEC 68-2-6
Suitability for CIP cleaning
yes
Suitability for SIP cleaning
yes
Electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC)
To EN 61326 and NAMUR recommendation NE 21
10.1.9
Medium temperature
range
Operating conditions (process)
Sensor:
• Promass F: –50...+200 °C
• Promass M: –50...+150 °C
• Promass A: –50...+200 °C
• Promass I: –50...+150 °C
Seals:
• Promass F: no internal seals
• Promass M: Viton –15...200 °C; EPDM –40...+160 °C; silicon –60...+200 °C;
Kalrez –20...+210 °C; FEP-jacketed: –60...+200 °C
• Promass A (only for mounting sets with threaded connections): Viton –15...200 °C;
EPDM –40...+160 °C; silicon –60...+200 °C; Kalrez –20...+210 °C
• Promass I: no internal seals
Endress+Hauser
73
10 Technical data
Limiting medium pressure
range (nominal pressure)
Promass 80
Promass F:
• Flanges: DIN PN 16...100 / ANSI Cl 150, Cl 300, Cl 600 / JIS 10K, 20K, 40K, 63K
Promass M:
• Flanges: DIN PN 40...100 / ANSI Cl 150, Cl 300, Cl 600 / JIS 10K, 20K, 40K, 63K
Promass M (high pressure version):
• Measuring tubes, connector, threaded unions: max. 350 bar
Promass A:
• Threaded unions:
max. 160 bar (standard version)
max. 400 bar (high pressure version)
• Flanges: DIN PN 40...100 / ANSI Cl 150, Cl 300 / JIS 10K
Promass I:
• Flanges: DIN PN 40...100 / ANSI Cl 150, Cl 300, Cl 600 / JIS 10K, 20K, 40K, 63K
Pressure ranges of secondary containment:
• Promass F: DN 8...50: 40 bar or 600 psi; DN 80: 25 bar or 375 psi;
DN 100: 16 bar or 250 psi
• Promass M: 100 bar or 1500 psi
• Promass A: 25 bar or 375 psi
• Promass I: 40 bar or 600 psi
Limiting flow
See Page 65 ff. (“Measuring range”)
Select nominal diameter by optimising between required flow range and permissible
pressure loss. See Page 65 ff. for a list of maximum possible full scale values.
• The minimum recommended full scale value is approx. 1/20 of the maximum full scale
value.
• In most applications, 20...50% of the maximum full scale value can be considered
ideal.
• Select a lower full scale value for abrasive substances such as fluids with entrained
solids (flow velocity < 1 m/s).
• For gas measurement the following rules apply:
– Flow velocity in the measuring tubes should not be more than half the sonic velocity
(0.5 Mach).
– The maximum mass flow depends on the density of the gas (see formula on
Page 66)
74
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
Pressure loss
10 Technical data
Pressure loss depends on the fluid properties and on the flow rate.
The following formulas can be used to approximately calculate the pressure loss:
Pressure loss formulas for Promass F and M
Reynolds number
∙
2⋅m
Re = --------------------------π⋅d⋅υ⋅ρ
Re ≥ 2300 1)
∆p = K ⋅ υ
Re < 2300
∆p = pressure loss [mbar]
υ = kinematic viscosity [m2/s]
∙
m = mass flow [kg/s]
1)
0.25
∙ 1.85 – 0.86
⋅m
⋅ρ
0.25 ∙ 2
∙
⋅m
K2 ⋅ υ
∆p = K1 ⋅ υ ⋅ m + ------------------------------------ρ
ρ = fluid density [kg/m3]
d = inside diameter of measuring tubes [m]
K...K2 = constants (depending on nominal diameter)
To compute the pressure loss for gases, always use the formula for Re ≥ 2300.
Pressure loss formulas for Promass A and I
Reynolds number
∙
4⋅m
Re = --------------------------π⋅d⋅υ⋅ρ
Re ≥ 2300 1)
∆p = K ⋅ υ
∙2
∙ 1.75 – 0.75 K3 ⋅ m
⋅m
⋅ρ
+ -------------------ρ
Re < 2300
∙2
∙ K3 ⋅ m
∆p = K1 ⋅ υ ⋅ m + -------------------ρ
∆p = pressure loss [mbar]
υ = kinematic viscosity [m2/s]
∙
m = mass flow [kg/s]
ρ = fluid density [kg/m3]
d = inside diameter of measuring tubes [m]
K...K3 = constants (depending on nominal diameter)
1)
Endress+Hauser
0.25
To compute the pressure loss for gases, always use the formula for Re ≥ 2300.
75
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Pressure loss coefficient for Promass F
DN
d [m]
10–3
K
K1
107
K2
107
1.90 ⋅ 107
8
5.35 ⋅
15
8.30 ⋅ 10–3
5.80 ⋅ 106
1.90 ⋅ 107
10.60 ⋅ 105
25
12.00 ⋅ 10–3
1.90 ⋅ 106
6.40 ⋅ 106
4.50 ⋅ 105
40
17.60 ⋅ 10–3
3.50 ⋅ 105
1.30 ⋅ 106
1.30 ⋅ 105
50
26.00 ⋅ 10–3
7.00 ⋅ 104
5.00 ⋅ 105
1.40 ⋅ 104
80
40.50 ⋅ 10–3
1.10 ⋅ 104
7.71 ⋅ 104
1.42 ⋅ 104
100
51.20 ⋅ 10–3
3.54 ⋅ 103
3.54 ⋅ 104
5.40 ⋅ 103
9.60 ⋅
F06-8xFxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000
5.70 ⋅
Fig. 30:
76
Pressure loss diagram with water
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
Pressure loss coefficient for Promass M
DN
d [m]
10–3
K
107
K1
K2
107
1.7 ⋅ 107
8
5.53 ⋅
15
8.55 ⋅ 10–3
5.3 ⋅ 106
1.7 ⋅ 107
9.7 ⋅ 105
25
11.38 ⋅ 10–3
1.7 ⋅ 106
5.8 ⋅ 106
4.1 ⋅ 105
40
17.07 ⋅ 10–3
3.2 ⋅ 105
1.2 ⋅ 106
1.2 ⋅ 105
50
25.60 ⋅ 10–3
6.4 ⋅ 104
4.5 ⋅ 105
1.3 ⋅ 104
80
38.46 ⋅ 10–3
1.4 ⋅ 104
8.2 ⋅ 104
3.7 ⋅ 103
5.2 ⋅
8.6 ⋅
High pressure version
4.93 ⋅ 10–3
6.0 ⋅ 107
1.4 ⋅ 108
2.8 ⋅ 107
15
7.75 ⋅ 10–3
8.0 ⋅ 106
2.5 ⋅ 107
1.4 ⋅ 106
25
10.20 ⋅ 10–3
2.7 ⋅ 106
8.9 ⋅ 106
6.3 ⋅ 105
F06-8xMxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000
8
Fig. 31:
1
2
Endress+Hauser
Pressure loss diagram with water
Promass M
Promass M (high pressure version)
77
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Pressure loss coefficient for Promass A
DN
d [m]
K
–3
K1
11
K3
11
0
1
1.10 ⋅ 10
2
1.80 ⋅ 10–3
1.6 ⋅ 1010
2.4 ⋅ 1010
0
4
3.50 ⋅ 10–3
9.4 ⋅ 108
2.3 ⋅ 109
0
1.2 ⋅ 10
1.3 ⋅ 10
High pressure version
1.40 ⋅ 10–3
5.4 ⋅ 1010
6.6 ⋅ 1010
0
4
3.00 ⋅ 10–3
2.0 ⋅ 109
4.3 ⋅ 109
0
F06-8xAxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000
2
Fig. 32:
1
2
78
Pressure loss diagram with water
Standard version
High pressure version
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
Pressure loss coefficient for Promass I
DN
d [m]
10–3
K
106
K1
K3
107
129.95 ⋅ 104
8
8.55 ⋅
15
11.38 ⋅ 10–3
2.3 ⋅ 106
1.3 ⋅ 107
23.33 ⋅ 104
15 1)
17.07 ⋅ 10–3
4.1 ⋅ 105
3.3 ⋅ 106
0.01 ⋅ 104
25
17.07 ⋅ 10–3
4.1 ⋅ 105
3.3 ⋅ 106
5.89 ⋅ 104
25 1)
25.60 ⋅ 10–3
7.8 ⋅ 104
8.5 ⋅ 105
0.11 ⋅ 104
40
25.60 ⋅ 10–3
7.8 ⋅ 104
8.5 ⋅ 105
1.19 ⋅ 104
40 1)
35.62 ⋅ 10–3
1.3 ⋅ 104
2.0 ⋅ 105
0.08 ⋅ 104
50
35.62 ⋅ 10–3
1.3 ⋅ 104
2.0 ⋅ 105
0.25 ⋅ 104
8.1 ⋅
3.9 ⋅
F06-8xIxxxxx-05-xx-xx-xx-000
Pressure loss data includes interface between measuring tube and piping
1) DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Fig. 33:
1
2
Endress+Hauser
Pressure loss diagram with water
Standard versions
Full bore versions (*)
79
10 Technical data
Promass 80
10.1.10 Mechanical construction
Design / dimensions
see Page 84 ff.
Weight
• Compact version: see table below
• Remote version
– Sensor: weight of compact version minus 2 kg
– Wall-mount housing: 5 kg
Promass F / DN
8
15
25
40
50
80
80 2)
100
100 3)
Weight1) in [kg]
11
12
14
19
30
55
61
96
108
1)
The weights in the table are those of the compact version.
Nominal diameter DN 80 / 3" with DN 100 / 4" flanges
3) Nominal diameter DN 100 / 4" with DN 150 / 6" flanges
2)
Promass M / DN
8
15
25
40
50
80
80 2)
Weight1) in [kg]
11
12
15
24
41
67
71
1)
2)
Promass A / DN
1
2
4
Weight1) in [kg]
10
11
15
1)
The weights in the table are those of the compact version.
Promass I / DN
8
15
15 2)
25
25 2)
40
40 2)
50
Weight1) in [kg]
12
15
20
20
41
41
67
67
1)
2)
Materials
The weights in the table are those of the compact version.
Nominal diameter DN 80 / 3" with DN 100 / 4" flanges
The weights in the table are those of the compact version.
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Transmitter housing:
• Compact housing: powder coated die-cast aluminium
• Wall-mounted housing: die-cast aluminium
Sensor housing / containment:
• Promass F: acid- and alkali-resistant outer surface
DN 8...50: stainless steel 1.4301/304
DN 80...100: stainless steel 1.4301/304 and 1.4308/304L
• Promass M: acid- and alkali-resistant outer surface
– DN 8...50: steel, chemically nickel-plated
– DN 80: stainless steel
• Promass A, I: acid- and alkali-resistant outer surface; stainless steel 1.4301/304
Connection housing, sensor (remote version):
• Stainless steel 1.4301/304
80
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
Process connections, Promass F:
• Flanges DN 8...100, DIN / ANSI / JIS → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Flanges DN 8...80, DIN / ANSI / JIS → Alloy C-22 2.4602/N 06022
• Flange DIN 11864-2 → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• VCO connection → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Hygienic coupling DIN 11851 / SMS 1145 → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Threaded unions ISO 2853 / DIN 11864-1 → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Tri-Clamp → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Process connections, Promass M:
• Flanges DIN / ANSI / JIS → stainless steel 1.4404/316L, titanium grade 2
• Flange DIN 11864-2 → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• PVDF connection to DIN / ANSI / JIS
• VCO connection → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Hygienic coupling DIN 11851 / SMS 1145 → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Threaded unions ISO 2853 / DIN 11864-1 → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Tri-Clamp → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Process connections, Promass M (high pressure version):
• Connector → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Threaded unions → stainless steel 1.4401/316
Process connections, Promass A:
• Mounting set for flanges DIN / ANSI / JIS → stainless steel 1.4539/904L,
Alloy C-22 2.4602/N 06022. Loose flanges → stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• VCO coupling → stainless steel 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22 2.4602/N 06022
• Tri-Clamp (1/2") → stainless steel 1.4539/904L
• Mounting set for SWAGELOK (1/4", 1/8") → stainless steel 1.4401/316
• Mounting set for NPT-F (1/4") → stainless steel 1.4539/904L,
Alloy C-22 2.4602/N 06022
Process connections, Promass I:
• Flanges DIN / ANSI / JIS → titanium grade 9
• Flange DIN 11864-2 → titanium grade 2
• VCO connection → titanium grade 2
• Hygienic coupling DIN 11851 / SMS 1145 → titanium grade 2
• Threaded unions ISO 2853 / DIN 11864-1 → titanium grade 2
• Tri-Clamp → titanium grade 2
Measuring tube(s):
• Promass F:
DN 8...100: stainless steel 1.4539 (904L)
DN 8...80: Alloy C-22 2.4602/N 06022
• Promass M:
DN 8...50: titanium grade 9
DN 80: titanium grade 2
• Promass M (high pressure version): titanium grade 9
• Promass A: stainless steel 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22 2.4602/N 06022
• Promass I: titanium grade 9
Seals:
• Promass F: welded process connections without internal seals
• Promass M: Viton, EPDM, silicon, Kalrez, FEP-jacketed
• Promass A: Viton, EPDM, silicon, Kalrez
• Promass I: welded process connections without internal seals
Endress+Hauser
81
10 Technical data
Material load diagram
Promass 80
The material load curves (pressure-temperature diagrams) for the process connections
are to be found in the following documents:
• Technical Information Promass 80/83 F, M (TI 053D/06/en)
• Technical Information Promass 80/83 A (TI 054D/06/en)
• Technical Information Promass 80/83 I (TI 052D/06/en)
Process connections
Promass F (welded process connections):
• VCO coupling, flanges (DIN 2501, ANSI B16.5, JIS B2238)
• Sanitary connections: Tri-Clamp, threaded unions (DIN 11851, SMS 1145, ISO 2853,
DIN 11864-1), flange to DIN 11864-2
Promass M (threaded process connections):
• VCO coupling, flanges (DIN 2501, ANSI B16.5, JIS B2238)
• Sanitary connections: Tri-Clamp, threaded unions (DIN 11851, SMS 1145, ISO 2853,
DIN 11864-1), flange to DIN 11864-2
Promass M (high-pressure version, screw-fitted process connections):
• Thread connections: G 3/8", 1/2" NPT, 3/8" NPT and 1/2" SWAGELOK threaded unions
• Connector with 7/8-14UNF internal thread
Promass A
• Welded process connections: 4-VCO-4 coupling, 1/2" Tri-Clamp
• Screw fitted process connections: flanges (DIN, ANSI, JIS), 1/4" NPT thread adapter,
1/8" or 1/4"-SWAGELOK threaded unions
Promass I (welded process connections):
• VCO coupling, flanges (DIN 2501, ANSI B16.5, JIS B2238)
• Sanitary connections: Tri-Clamp, threaded unions (DIN 11851, SMS 1145, ISO 2853,
DIN 11864-1), flange to DIN 11864-2
10.1.11 Human interface
Display elements
• Liquid crystal display: illuminated, two lines with 16 characters per line
• Selectable display of different measured values and status variables
Operating elements
• Local operation with three keys (–, +, E)
• Quick Setup menus for straightforward commissioning
Remote operation
Operation by means of:
• HART protocol
• PROFIBUS-PA
10.1.12 Certificates and approvals
Ex Approvals
Information presently available in Ex versions (ATEX, FM, CSA) can be supplied by your
E+H Sales Centre on request. All explosion protection data are given in separate
documentation that you can order as necessary.
Sanitary compatibility
• 3A authorization (all measuring systems)
• EHEDG-tested (Promass A and Promass I only)
82
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
CE mark
The measuring system is in conformity with the statutory requirements of the EC Directives. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE
mark.
Other standards and
guidelines
EN 60529:
Degrees of protection by housing (IP code)
EN 61010:
Protection Measures for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, Regulation and
Laboratory Procedures.
EN 61326 (IEC 1326):
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements)
NAMUR NE 21:
Association for Standards for Control and Regulation in the Chemical Industry
10.1.13 Ordering information
The E+H service organisation can provide detailed ordering information and information
on the order codes on request.
10.1.14 Accessories
Various accessories, which can be ordered separately from Endress+Hauser, are available for the transducer and the sensor (see Page 47). The E+H service organisation can
provide detailed information on the order codes of your choice.
10.1.15 Documentation
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Endress+Hauser
System Information Promass (SI 032D/06/en)
Technical Information Promass 80/83 F, M (TI 053D/06/en)
Technical Information Promass 80/83 A (TI 054D/06/en)
Technical Information Promass 80/83 I (TI 052D/06/en)
Description of Device Functions Promass 80 (BA 058D/06/en)
Operating Instruction Promass 83 (BA059/D06/en)
Description of Device Functions Promass 83 (BA 060D/06/en)
Supplementary documentation on Ex-ratings: ATEX, FM, CSA
83
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Dimensions: wall-mounted housing
F06-x0xxxxxx-06-03-xx-xx-000
10.2
Fig. 34:
Dimensions: remote version
F06-8xxxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-000
10.3
Dimensions of wall-mounted housing
Fig. 35: Dimensions of sensor connection housing (remote version),
T = dimension A in compact version with corresponding nominal diameter minus 153 mm
84
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
10.4
Dimensions Promass F
F06-80Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-000
Dimensions Promass F: flange connections (DIN, ANSI, JIS)
Fig. 36:
Dimensions Promass F: flange connections (DIN, ANSI, JIS)
Flange DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1) / PN 16: 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
100
571
324
247
220
1128
8 x Ø18
20
180
107.1
51.20
1)
Flange with groove to DIN 2512N available
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 16 (with DN 100 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
80
505
305
200
220
874
8 x Ø18
20
180
107.1
40.50
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 16 (with DN 150 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
100
571
324
247
285
1168
8 x Ø22
22
240
159.3
51.20
Flange DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1) / PN 40: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
DN
8
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
266
75
95
370
4 x Ø14
16
65
17.3
5.35
15
341
266
75
95
404
4 x Ø14
16
65
17.3
8.30
25
341
266
75
115
440
4 x Ø14
18
85
28.5
12.00
40
376
271
105
150
550
4 x Ø18
18
110
43.1
17.60
50
424
283
141
165
715
4 x Ø18
20
125
54.5
26.00
80
505
305
200
200
840
8 x Ø18
24
160
82.5
40.50
100 2)
571
324
247
235
1128
8 x Ø22
24
190
107.1
51.20
1)
2)
Endress+Hauser
A
341
Flange with groove to DIN 2512N available
Not available in Alloy C-22
85
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 40 (with DN 25 flanges): 1.4404/316L
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
341
266
75
115
440
4 x Ø14
18
85
28.5
5.35
15
341
266
75
115
440
4 x Ø14
18
85
28.5
8.30
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 40 (with DN 100 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
80
505
305
200
235
874
8 x Ø22
24
190
107.1
40.50
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 40 (with DN 150 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
100
571
324
247
300
1168
8 x Ø26
28
250
159.3
51.20
Flange DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1) / PN 64: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
50
424
283
141
180
724
4 x Ø22
26
135
54.5
26.00
80
505
305
200
215
875
8 x Ø22
28
170
81.7
40.50
100 2)
571
324
247
250
1128
8 x Ø26
30
200
106.3
51.20
S
LK
U
di
1)
2)
Flange with groove to DIN 2512N available
Not available in Alloy C-22
Flange DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1) / PN 100: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
DN
B
C
G
L
N
8
341
266
75
105
400
4 x Ø14
20
75
17.3
5.35
15
341
266
75
105
420
4 x Ø14
20
75
17.3
8.30
25
341
266
75
140
470
4 x Ø18
24
100
28.5
12.00
40
376
271
105
170
590
4 x Ø22
26
125
42.5
17.60
50
424
283
141
195
740
4 x Ø26
28
145
53.9
26.00
80
505
305
200
230
885
8 x Ø26
32
180
80.9
40.50
571
324
247
265
1128
8 x Ø30
36
210
104.3
51.20
100
1)
2)
86
A
2)
Flange with groove to DIN 2512N available
Not available in Alloy C-22
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 150: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
3/8"
341
266
75
88.9
370
4 x Ø15.7
11.2
60.5
15.7
5.35
15
1/2"
341
266
75
88.9
404
4 x Ø15.7
11.2
60.5
15.7
8.30
25
1"
341
266
75
108.0
440
4 x Ø15.7
14.2
79.2
26.7
12.00
40
1 1/2"
376
271
105
127.0
550
4 x Ø15.7
17.5
98.6
40.9
17.60
50
2"
424
283
141
152.4
715
4 x Ø19.1
19.1
120.7
52.6
26.00
80
3"
505
305
200
190.5
840
4 x Ø19.1
23.9
152.4
78.0
40.50
100 1)
4"
571
324
247
228.6
1128
8 x Ø19.1
23.9
190.5
102.4
51.20
1)
Not available in Alloy C-22
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 150 (with 4" flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
80
3"
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
505
305
200
228.6
874
8 x Ø19.1
23.9
190.5
102.4
40.50
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 150 (with 6" flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
100
4"
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
571
324
247
279.4
1168
8 x Ø22.4
25.4
241.3
154.2
51.20
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 300: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
3/8"
341
266
75
95.2
370
4 x Ø15.7
14.2
66.5
15.7
5.35
15
1/2"
341
266
75
95.2
404
4 x Ø15.7
14.2
66.5
15.7
8.30
25
1"
341
266
75
123.9
440
4 x Ø19
17.5
88.9
26.7
12.00
40
1 1/2"
376
271
105
155.4
550
4 x Ø22.3
20.6
114.3
40.9
17.60
50
2"
424
283
141
165.1
715
8 x Ø19
22.3
127.0
52.6
26.00
80
3"
505
305
200
209.5
840
8 x Ø22.3
28.4
168.1
78.0
40.50
100 1)
4"
571
324
247
254.0
1128
8 x Ø22.3
31.7
200.1
102.4
51.20
1)
Not available in Alloy C-22
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 300 (with 4" flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
80
3"
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
505
305
200
254.0
894
8 x Ø22.3
31.7
200.1
102.4
40.50
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 600: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
3/8"
341
266
75
95.3
400
4 x Ø15.7
20.6
66.5
13.9
5.35
15
1/2"
341
266
75
95.3
420
4 x Ø15.7
20.6
66.5
13.9
8.30
25
1"
341
266
75
124.0
490
4 x Ø19.1
23.9
88.9
24.3
12.00
40
1 1/2"
376
271
105
155.4
600
4 x Ø22.4
28.7
114.3
38.1
17.60
50
2"
424
283
141
165.1
742
8 x Ø19.1
31.8
127.0
49.2
26.00
80
3"
505
305
200
209.6
900
8 x Ø22.4
38.2
168.1
73.7
40.50
100 1)
4"
571
324
247
273.1
1158
8 x Ø25.4
48.4
215.9
97.3
51.20
1)
Endress+Hauser
Not available in Alloy C-22
87
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Flange JIS B2238 / 10K: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
50
424
283
141
155
715
4 x Ø19
16
120
50
26.00
80
505
305
200
185
832
8 x Ø19
18
150
80
40.50
100 1)
571
324
247
210
1128
8 x Ø19
18
175
100
51.20
1)
Not available in Alloy C-22
Flange JIS B2238 / 10K (with DN 100 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
80
505
305
200
210
864
8 x Ø19
18
175
100
40.50
Flange JIS B2238 / 10K (with DN 150 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
100
571
324
247
280
1168
8 x Ø23
22
240
150
51.20
Flange JIS B2238 / 20K: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
DN
8
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
341
266
75
95
370
4 x Ø15
14
70
15
5.35
15
341
266
75
95
404
4 x Ø15
14
70
15
8.30
25
341
266
75
125
440
4 x Ø19
16
90
25
12.00
40
376
271
105
140
550
4 x Ø19
18
105
40
17.60
50
424
283
141
155
715
8 x Ø19
18
120
50
26.00
80
505
305
200
200
832
8 x Ø23
22
160
80
40.50
100 1)
571
324
241
225
1128
8 x Ø23
24
185
100
51.20
1)
Not available in Alloy C-22
Flange JIS B2238 / 40K: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
341
266
75
115
400
4 x Ø19
20
80
15
5.35
15
341
266
75
115
425
4 x Ø19
20
80
15
8.30
25
341
266
75
130
485
4 x Ø19
22
95
25
12.00
40
376
271
105
160
600
4 x Ø23
24
120
38
17.60
50
424
283
141
165
760
8 x Ø19
26
130
50
26.00
80
505
305
200
210
890
8 x Ø23
32
170
75
40.50
571
324
241
250
1168
8 x Ø25
36
205
100
51.20
N
S
LK
U
di
100
1)
1)
Not available in Alloy C-22
Flange JIS B2238 / 63K: 1.4404/316L, Alloy C-22
DN
B
C
G
L
8
341
266
75
120
420
4 x Ø19
23
85
12
5.35
15
341
266
75
120
440
4 x Ø19
23
85
12
8.30
25
341
266
75
140
494
4 x Ø23
27
100
22
12.00
40
376
271
105
175
620
4 x Ø25
32
130
35
17.60
50
424
283
141
185
775
8 x Ø23
34
145
48
26.00
80
505
305
200
230
915
8 x Ø25
40
185
73
40.50
100 1)
571
324
247
270
1168
8 x Ø27
44
220
98
51.20
1)
88
A
Not available in Alloy C-22
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-007
Dimensions Promass F: VCO connections
Fig. 37:
Dimensions Promass F: VCO connections
8-VCO-4 (1/2"): 1.4404/316L
DN
8
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
341
266
75
SW 1"
390
10.2
5.35
12-VCO-4 (3/4"): 1.4404/316L
Endress+Hauser
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
15
341
266
75
SW 1 1/2"
430
15.7
8.30
89
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-003
Dimensions Promass F: Tri-Clamp connections
Fig. 38:
Dimensions Promass F: Tri-Clamp connections
Tri-Clamp: 1.4404/316L
Clamp
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
DN
1"
341
266
75
50.4
367
22.1
5.35
15
1"
341
266
75
50.4
398
22.1
8.30
25
1"
341
266
75
50.4
434
22.1
12.00
40
1 1/2"
376
271
105
50.4
560
34.8
17.60
50
2"
424
283
141
63.9
720
47.5
26.00
80
3"
505
305
200
90.9
900
72.9
40.50
100
4"
571
324
247
118.9
1128
97.4
51.20
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
1/2" Tri-Clamp: 1.4404/316L
DN
Clamp
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
1"
341
266
75
25.0
367
9.5
5.35
15
1"
341
266
75
25.0
398
9.5
8.30
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
90
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-001
Dimensions Promass F: DIN 11851 connections (hygienic coupling)
Fig. 39:
Dimensions Promass F: DIN 11851 connections (hygienic coupling)
Hygienic coupling DIN 11851: 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
341
266
75
Rd 34 x 1/8"
367
16
5.35
15
341
266
75
Rd 34 x 1/8"
398
16
8.30
25
341
266
75
Rd 52 x 1/6"
434
26
12.00
40
376
271
105
Rd 65 x 1/6"
560
38
17.60
50
424
283
141
Rd 78 x 1/6"
720
50
26.00
80
505
305
200
Rd 110 x 1/4"
900
81
40.50
100
571
324
247
Rd 130 x 1/4"
1128
100
51.20
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
Endress+Hauser
91
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-004
Dimensions Promass F: DIN 11864-1 Form A connections (threaded unions)
Fig. 40:
Dimensions Promass F: DIN 11864-1 Form A connections (threaded unions)
Threaded union DIN 11864-1 Form A: 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
341
266
75
Rd 28 x 1/8"
367
10
5.35
15
341
266
75
Rd 34 x 1/8"
398
16
8.30
25
341
266
75
Rd 52 x 1/6"
434
26
12.00
40
376
271
105
Rd 65 x 1/6"
560
38
17.60
50
424
283
141
Rd 78 x 1/6"
720
50
26.00
80
505
305
200
Rd 110 x 1/4"
900
81
40.50
100
571
324
247
Rd 130 x 1/4"
1128
100
51.20
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
92
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-005
Dimensions Promass F: flange connections DIN 11864-2 Form A
Fig. 41:
Dimensions Promass F: flange connections DIN 11864-2 Form A
Flange DIN 11864-2 Form A: 1.4404/316L
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
341
266
75
54
387
4 x Ø9
10
37
10
5.35
15
341
266
75
59
418
4 x Ø9
10
42
16
8.30
25
341
266
75
70
454
4 x Ø9
10
53
26
12.00
40
376
271
105
82
560
4 x Ø9
10
65
38
17.60
50
424
283
141
94
720
4 x Ø9
10
77
50
26.00
80
505
305
200
133
900
8 x Ø11
12
112
81
40.50
100
571
324
247
159
1128
8 x Ø11
14
137
100
51.20
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
Endress+Hauser
93
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-006
Dimensions Promass F: ISO 2853 connections (threaded unions)
Fig. 42:
Dimensions Promass F: ISO 2853 connections (threaded unions)
Threaded union ISO 2853: 1.4404/316L
A
B
C
G 1)
L
U
di
8
341
266
75
37.13
367
22.6
5.35
15
341
266
75
37.13
398
22.6
8.30
25
341
266
75
37.13
434
22.6
12.00
40
376
271
105
52.68
560
35.6
17.60
50
424
283
141
64.16
720
48.6
26.00
80
505
305
200
91.19
900
72.9
40.50
100
571
324
247
118.21
1128
97.6
51.20
DN
1)
Max. thread diameter to ISO 2853 Annex A
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
94
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Fxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-002
Dimensions Promass F: SMS 1145 connections (hygienic coupling)
Fig. 43:
Dimensions Promass F: SMS 1145 connections (hygienic coupling)
Hygienic coupling SMS 1145: 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
341
266
75
Rd 40 x 1/6"
367
22.5
5.35
15
341
266
75
Rd 40 x 1/6"
398
22.5
8.30
25
341
266
75
Rd 40 x 1/6"
434
22.5
12.00
40
376
271
105
Rd 60 x 1/6"
560
35.5
17.60
50
424
283
141
Rd 70 x 1/6"
720
48.5
26.00
80
505
305
200
Rd 98 x 1/6"
900
72.0
40.50
100
571
324
247
Rd 132 x 1/6"
1128
97.5
51.20
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
Endress+Hauser
95
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-8xxxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-002
Dimensions Promass F:
purge connections / secondary containment monitoring
Fig. 44:
DN
96
Dimensions Promass F: purge connections / secondary containment monitoring
L
H
G
8
108
47
1/2" NPT
15
110
47
1/2" NPT
25
130
47
1/2" NPT
40
155
52
1/2" NPT
50
226
64
1/2" NPT
80
280
86
1/2" NPT
100
342
100
1/2" NPT
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
10.5
Dimensions Promass M
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-002
Dimensions Promass M: flange connections (DIN, ANSI, JIS)
Fig. 45:
Dimensions Promass M: flange connections (DIN, ANSI, JIS)
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 16: PVDF
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
301
266
35
95
370
4 x Ø14
16
65
16.1
5.53
15
305
268
37
95
404
4 x Ø14
16
65
16.1
8.55
25
312
272
40
115
440
4 x Ø14
18
85
28.5
11.38
40
332
283
49
150
550
4 x Ø18
18
110
43.1
17.07
50
351
293
58
165
715
4 x Ø18
20
125
54.5
25.60
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 16 (with DN 100 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
80
385
309
76
220
874
8 x Ø18
20
180
107.1
38.46
Flange DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1) / PN 40: 1.4404/316L, titanium
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
301
266
35
95
370
4 x Ø14
16
65
17.3
5.53
15
305
268
37
95
404
4 x Ø14
16
65
17.3
8.55
25
312
272
40
115
440
4 x Ø14
18
85
28.5
11.38
40
332
283
49
150
550
4 x Ø18
18
110
43.1
17.07
50
351
293
58
165
715
4 x Ø18
20
125
54.5
25.60
80
385
309
76
200
840
8 x Ø18
24
160
82.5
38.46
1)
Endress+Hauser
Flange with groove to DIN 2512N available
97
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 40 (with DN 25 flanges): 1.4404/316L
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
301
266
35
115
440
4 x Ø14
18
85
28.5
5.53
15
305
268
37
115
440
4 x Ø14
18
85
28.5
8.55
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 40 (with DN 100 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
80
385
309
76
235
1128
8 x Ø22
24
190
107.1
38.46
Flange DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1) / PN 64: 1.4404/316L, titanium
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
50
351
293
58
180
724
4 x Ø22
26
135
54.5
25.60
80
385
309
76
215
875
8 x Ø22
28
170
81.7
38.46
1)
Flange with groove to DIN 2512N available
Flange DIN 2501 / DIN 2512N 1) / PN 100: 1.4404/316L, titanium
DN
8
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
266
35
95
400
4 x Ø14
20
65
17.3
5.53
15
305
268
37
95
420
4 x Ø14
20
65
17.3
8.55
25
312
272
40
115
470
4 x Ø14
24
85
28.5
11.38
40
332
283
49
150
590
4 x Ø18
26
110
43.1
17.07
50
351
293
58
165
740
4 x Ø18
28
125
54.5
25.60
80
385
309
76
230
885
8 x Ø26
32
180
80.9
38.46
1)
98
A
301
Flange with groove to DIN 2512N available
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 150: 1.4404/316L, titanium
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
3/8"
301
266
35
88.9
370
4 x Ø15.7
11.2
60.5
15.7
5.53
15
1/2"
305
268
37
88.9
404
4 x Ø15.7
11.2
60.5
15.7
8.55
25
1"
312
272
40
108.0
440
4 x Ø15.7
14.2
79.2
26.7
11.38
40
1 1/2"
332
283
49
127.0
550
4 x Ø15.7
17.5
98.6
40.9
17.07
50
2"
351
293
58
152.4
715
4 x Ø19.1
19.1
120.7
52.6
25.60
80
3"
385
309
76
190.5
840
4 x Ø19.1
23.9
152.4
78.0
38.46
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 150: PVDF
DN
A
B
8
3/8"
301
266
35
88.9
370
4 x Ø15.7
16
60.5
15.7
5.53
15
1/2"
305
268
37
88.9
404
4 x Ø15.7
16
60.5
15.7
8.55
25
1"
312
272
40
108.0
440
4 x Ø15.7
18
79.2
26.7
11.38
40
1 1/2"
332
283
49
127.0
550
4 x Ø15.7
21
98.6
40.9
17.07
50
2"
351
293
58
152.4
715
4 x Ø19.1
28
120.7
52.6
25.60
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 150 (with DN 4" flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
80
3"
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
385
309
76
228.6
874
8 x Ø19.1
23.9
190.5
102.4
38.46
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 300: 1.4404/316L, titanium
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
3/8"
301
266
35
95.2
370
4 x Ø15.7
14.2
66.5
15.7
5.53
15
1/2"
305
268
37
95.2
404
4 x Ø15.7
14.2
66.5
15.7
8.55
25
1"
312
272
40
123.9
440
4 x Ø19.0
17.5
88.9
26.7
11.38
40
1 1/2"
332
283
49
155.4
550
4 x Ø22.3
20.6
114.3
40.9
17.07
50
2"
351
293
58
165.1
715
8 x Ø19.0
22.3
127.0
52.6
25.60
80
3"
385
309
76
209.5
840
8 x Ø22.3
28.4
168.1
78.0
38.46
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 300 (with 4" flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
80
3"
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
385
309
76
254.0
894
8 x Ø22.3
31.7
200.1
102.4
38.46
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 600: 1.4404/316L, titanium
DN
Endress+Hauser
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
3/8"
301
266
35
95.3
400
4 x Ø15.7
20.6
66.5
13.8
5.53
15
1/2"
305
268
37
95.3
420
4 x Ø15.7
20.6
66.5
13.8
8.55
25
1"
312
272
40
124.0
490
4 x Ø19.1
23.6
88.9
24.4
11.38
40
1 1/2"
332
283
49
155.4
600
4 x Ø22.4
28.7
114.3
38.1
17.07
50
2"
351
293
58
165.1
742
8 x Ø19.1
31.8
127.0
49.3
25.60
80
3"
385
309
76
209.6
900
8 x Ø22.4
38.2
168.1
73.7
38.46
99
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Flange JIS B2238 / 10K: 1.4404/316L, titanium
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
50
351
293
49.25
155
715
4 x Ø19
16
120
50
25.60
80
385
309
58
185
832
8 x Ø19
18
150
80
38.46
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
Flange JIS B2238 / 10K: PVDF
DN
A
B
C
8
301
266
35
95
370
4 x Ø15
16
70
15
5.53
15
305
268
37
95
404
4 x Ø15
16
70
15
8.55
25
312
272
40
125
440
4 x Ø19
18
90
25
11.38
40
332
283
49
140
550
4 x Ø19
21
105
40
17.07
50
351
293
58
155
715
4 x Ø19
22
120
50
25.60
Flange JIS B2238 / 10K (with DN 100 flanges): 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
80
385
309
76
210
864
8 x Ø19
18
175
100
38.46
Flange JIS B2238 / 20K: 1.4404/316L, titanium
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
301
266
35
95
370
4 x Ø15
14
70
15
5.53
15
305
268
37
95
404
4 x Ø15
14
70
15
8.55
25
312
272
40
125
440
4 x Ø19
16
90
25
11.38
40
332
283
49
140
550
4 x Ø19
18
105
40
17.07
50
351
293
58
155
715
8 x Ø19
18
120
50
25.60
80
385
309
76
200
832
8 x Ø23
22
160
80
38.46
Flange JIS B2238 / 40K: 1.4404/316L, titanium
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
301
266
35
115
400
4 x Ø19
20
80
15
5.53
15
305
268
37
115
425
4 x Ø19
20
80
15
8.55
25
312
272
40
130
485
4 x Ø19
22
95
25
11.38
40
332
283
49
160
600
4 x Ø23
24
120
38
17.07
50
351
293
58
165
760
8 x Ø19
26
130
50
25.60
80
385
309
76
210
890
8 x Ø23
32
170
75
38.46
L
N
S
LK
U
di
Flange JIS B2238 / 63K: 1.4404/316L, titanium
DN
100
A
B
C
G
8
301
266
35
120
420
4 x Ø19
23
85
12
5.53
15
305
268
37
120
440
4 x Ø19
23
85
12
8.55
25
312
272
40
140
494
4 x Ø23
27
100
22
11.38
40
332
283
49
175
620
4 x Ø25
32
130
35
17.07
50
351
293
58
185
775
8 x Ø23
34
145
48
25.60
80
385
309
76
230
915
8 x Ø25
40
185
73
38.46
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-009
Dimensions Promass M: VCO connections
Fig. 46:
Dimensions Promass M: VCO connections
8-VCO-4 (1/2"): 1.4404/316L
DN
8
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
301
266
35
SW 1"
390
10.2
5.53
12-VCO-4 (3/4"): 1.4404/316L
Endress+Hauser
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
15
305
268
37
SW 1 1/2"
430
15.7
8.55
101
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-005
Dimensions Promass M: Tri-Clamp connections
Fig. 47:
Dimensions Promass M: Tri-Clamp connections
Tri-Clamp: 1.4404/316L
Clamp
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
DN
1"
301
266
35
50.4
367
22.1
5.53
15
1"
305
268
37
50.4
398
22.1
8.55
25
1"
312
272
40
50.4
434
22.1
11.38
40
1 1/2"
332
283
49
50.4
560
34.8
17.07
50
2"
351
293
58
63.9
720
47.5
25.60
80
3"
385
309
76
90.9
801
72.9
38.46
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
1/2" Tri-Clamp: 1.4404/316L
Clamp
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
DN
1"
301
266
35
25.0
367
9.5
5.53
15
1"
305
268
37
25.0
398
9.5
8.55
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
102
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-003
Dimensions Promass M: DIN 11851 connections (hygienic coupling)
Fig. 48:
Dimensions Promass M: DIN 11851 connections (hygienic coupling)
Hygienic coupling DIN 11851: 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
301
266
35
Rd 34 x 1/8"
367
16
5.53
15
305
268
37
Rd 34 x 1/8"
398
16
8.55
25
312
272
40
Rd 52 x 1/6"
434
26
11.38
40
332
283
49
Rd 65 x 1/6"
560
38
17.07
50
351
293
58
Rd 78 x 1/6"
720
50
25.60
80
385
309
76
Rd 110 x 1/4"
815
81
38.46
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
Endress+Hauser
103
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-006
Dimensions Promass M: DIN 11864-1 Form A connections (threaded unions)
Fig. 49:
Dimensions Promass M: DIN 11864-1 Form A connections (threaded unions)
Threaded union DIN 11864-1 Form A: 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
301
266
35
Rd 28x 1/8"
367
10
5.53
15
305
268
37
Rd 34 x 1/8"
398
16
8.55
25
312
272
40
Rd 52 x 1/6"
434
26
11.38
40
332
283
49
Rd 65 x 1/6"
560
38
17.07
50
351
293
58
Rd 78 x 1/6"
720
50
25.60
80
385
309
76
Rd 110 x 1/4"
815
81
38.46
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
104
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-007
Dimensions Promass M: flange connections DIN 11864-2 Form A
Fig. 50:
Dimensions Promass M: flange connections DIN 11864-2 Form A
Flange DIN 11864-2 Form A: 1.4404/316L
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8
DN
301
266
35
54
367
4 x Ø9
10
37
10
5.53
15
305
268
37
59
398
4 x Ø9
10
42
16
8.55
25
312
272
40
70
434
4 x Ø9
10
53
26
11.38
40
332
283
49
82
560
4 x Ø9
10
65
38
17.07
50
351
293
58
94
720
4 x Ø9
10
77
50
25.60
80
385
309
76
133
815
8 x Ø11
12
112
81
38.46
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
Endress+Hauser
105
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-008
Dimensions Promass M: ISO 2853 connections (threaded unions)
Fig. 51:
Dimensions Promass M: ISO 2853 connections (threaded unions)
Threaded union ISO 2853: 1.4404/316L
A
B
C
G 1)
L
U
di
8
301
266
35
37.13
367
22.6
5.53
15
305
268
37
37.13
398
22.6
8.55
25
312
272
40
37.13
434
22.6
11.38
40
332
283
49
52.68
560
35.6
17.07
50
351
293
58
64.16
720
48.6
25.60
80
385
309
76
91.19
815
72.9
38.46
DN
1)
Max. thread diameter to ISO 2853 Annex A
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
106
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-004
Dimensions Promass M: SMS 1145 connections (hygienic coupling)
Fig. 52:
Dimensions Promass M: SMS 1145 connections (hygienic coupling)
Hygienic coupling SMS 1145: 1.4404/316L
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
301
266
35
Rd 40 x 1/6"
367
22.5
5.53
15
305
268
37
Rd 40 x 1/6"
398
22.5
8.55
25
312
272
40
Rd 40 x 1/6"
434
22.5
11.38
40
332
283
49
Rd 40 x 1/6"
560
35.5
17.07
50
351
293
58
Rd 70 x 1/6"
720
48.5
25.60
80
385
309
76
Rd 98 x 1/6"
792
72.0
38.46
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
Endress+Hauser
107
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-001
Dimensions Promass M (high-pressure):
1/2" NPT, 3/8" NPT and G 3/8" connections
Fig. 53:
Dimensions Promass M (high pressure): 1/2" NPT, 3/8" NPT and G 3/8" connections
1/2" NPT: 1.4404/316L
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
DN
301
266
35
SW 1 1/16"
370
10.2
5.53
15
305
268
37
SW 1 1/16"
400
10.2
8.55
25
312
272
40
SW 1 1/16"
444
10.2
11.38
3/8" NPT: 1.4404/316L
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
DN
301
266
35
SW 1 5/16"
355.8
10.2
5.53
15
305
268
37
SW 1 5/16"
385.8
10.2
8.55
25
312
272
40
SW 1 5/16"
429.8
10.2
11.38
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
301
266
35
SW 24
355.8
10.2
5.53
15
305
268
37
SW 24
385.8
10.2
8.55
25
312
272
40
SW 24
429.8
10.2
11.38
G 3/8": 1.4404/316L
DN
108
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-000
Dimensions Promass M (high pressure): 1/2" SWAGELOK connection
Fig. 54:
Dimensions Promass M (high pressure): 1/2" SWAGELOK connection
1/2" SWAGELOK: 1.4404/316L
DN
Endress+Hauser
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
301
266
35
7/8"
366.4
10.2
5.53
15
305
268
37
7/8"
396.4
10.2
8.55
25
312
272
40
7/8"
440.4
10.2
11.38
109
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Mxxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-010
Dimensions Promass M (high-pressure):
Connector with 7/8-14UNF internal thread
Fig. 55:
Dimensions Promass M (high pressure): Connector with 7/8-14UNF internal thread
Internal thread 7/8-14UNF: 1.4404/316L
DN
110
A
B
C
G
L
U
V
W
di
8
301
266
35
7/8-14UNF
304
10.2
3
14
5.53
15
305
268
37
7/8-14UNF
334
10.2
3
14
8.55
25
312
272
40
7/8-14UNF
378
10.2
3
14
11.38
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-8xxxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-001
Dimensions Promass M: without process connections
Fig. 56:
DN
8
8
1)
15
1)
L
J
K
M
bmax.
bmin.
256
27
54
6xM8
12
10
256
27
54
6xM8
12
10
286
35
56
6xM8
12
10
286
35
56
6xM8
12
10
310
40
62
6xM8
12
10
310
40
62
6xM8
12
10
40
410
53
80
8 x M 10
15
13
50
544
73
94
8 x M 10
15
13
80
644
102
128
12 x M 12
18
15
15
25
25
1)
1)
High pressure version; permissible thread: A4 - 80; lubricant: Molykote P37
DN
Tightening torque
Lubricated thread
Nm
yes/no
O-ring
Thickness
Inside Ø
8
30.0
no
2.62
21.89
8 1)
19.3
yes
2.62
21.89
15
30.0
no
2.62
29.82
15 1)
19.3
yes
2.62
29.82
25
30.0
no
2.62
34.60
25 1)
19.3
yes
2.62
34.60
40
60.0
no
2.62
47.30
50
60.0
yes
2.62
67.95
80
100.0
yes
3.53
94.84
1)
Endress+Hauser
Dimensions Promass M: without process connections
High pressure version; permissible thread: A4 - 80; lubricant: Molykote P37
111
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-8xxxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-003
Dimensions Promass M:
purge connections / secondary containment monitoring
Fig. 57:
DN
112
Dimensions Promass M: purge connections / secondary containment monitoring
L
H
G
8
85
44.0
1/2" NPT
15
100
46.5
1/2" NPT
25
110
50.0
1/2" NPT
40
155
59.0
1/2" NPT
50
210
67.5
1/2" NPT
80
210
81.5
1/2" NPT
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
10.6
Dimensions: Promass A
F06-80Axxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-000
Dimensions Promass A: 4-VCO-4 connection (welded)
Fig. 58:
Dimensions Promass A: 4-VCO-4 connection (welded)
4-VCO-4 connection: 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
P
U / di
1)
305
273
32
228
160
SW 11/16"
145
290
165
120
1.1
2 1)
305
273
32
310
160
SW 11/16"
145
372
165
120
1.8
2)
305
273
32
310
160
SW 11/16"
145
372
165
120
1.4
4 1)
315
283
32
435
220
SW 11/16"
175
497
195
150
3.5
2)
315
283
32
435
220
SW 11/16"
175
497
195
150
3.0
1
2
4
1)
3-A version also available (Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit). For 1.4539/904L only
2) High pressure version
Endress+Hauser
113
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Axxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-001
Dimensions Promass A: 1/2" Tri-Clamp connection (welded)
Fig. 59:
Dimensions Promass A: 1/2" Tri-Clamp connection (welded)
1/2" Tri-Clamp connection / 3-A version 1): 1.4539/904L
DN
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
P
U
di
1
305
273
32
228
160
25
145
296
165
120
9.5
1.1
2
305
273
32
310
160
25
145
378
165
120
9.5
1.8
315
283
32
435
220
25
175
503
195
150
9.5
3.5
4
1)
114
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Axxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-004
Dimensions Promass A: 4-VCO-4 connection with mounting set
DN 15 flange (DIN, JIS ) or 1/2" flange (ANSI)
Fig. 60: Dimensions Promass A: 4-VCO-4 connection with mounting set DN 15 flange (DIN, JIS) or
1/2" flange (ANSI)
Mounting set DN 15 flange (DIN) PN 40: 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
N
P
S
LK
U
di
1
305
273
32
228
160
95
145
393
165
4 x Ø14
120
28
65
17.3
1.1
2
305
273
32
310
160
95
145
475
165
4 x Ø14
120
28
65
17.3
1.8
4
315
283
32
435
220
95
175
600
195
4 x Ø14
150
28
65
17.3
3.5
Loose flanges (not fluid-wetted) made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Mounting set DN 15 flange (JIS) 10K: 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
N
P
S
LK
U
di
1
305
273
32
228
160
95
145
393
165
4 x Ø15
120
20
70
15.0
1.1
2
305
273
32
310
160
95
145
475
165
4 x Ø15
120
20
70
15.0
1.8
4
315
283
32
435
220
95
175
600
195
4 x Ø15
150
20
70
15.0
3.5
Loose flanges (not fluid-wetted) made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Mounting set DN 15 flange (JIS) 20K: 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22
DN
Endress+Hauser
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
N
P
S
LK
U
di
1
305
273
32
228
160
95
145
393
165
4 x Ø15
120
14
70
15.0
1.1
2
305
273
32
310
160
95
145
475
165
4 x Ø15
120
14
70
15.0
1.8
4
315
283
32
435
220
95
175
600
195
4 x Ø15
150
14
70
15.0
3.5
115
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Mounting set 1/2" flange (ANSI) Cl 150: 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
N
P
S
LK
U
di
1
1/24" 305 273
32
228 160 88.9 145 393 165 4 x Ø15.7 120 17.7 60.5 15.7
1.1
2
1/12" 305 273
32
310 160 88.9 145 475 165 4 x Ø15.7 120 17.7 60.5 15.7
1.8
4
1/8"
32
435 220 88.9 175 600 195 4 x Ø15.7 150 17.7 60.5 15.7
3.5
315 283
Loose flanges (not fluid-wetted) made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Mounting set 1/2" flange (ANSI) Cl 300: 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
N
P
S
LK
U
di
1
1/24" 305
273
32
228 160 95.2 145 393 165 4 x Ø15.7 120 20.7 66.5 15.7
1.1
2
1/12" 305
273
32
310 160 95.2 145 475 165 4 x Ø15.7 120 20.7 66.5 15.7
1.8
4
1/8"
283
32
435 220 95.2 175 600 195 4 x Ø15.7 150 20.7 66.5 15.7
3.5
315
Loose flanges (not fluid-wetted) made of stainless steel 1.4404/316L
F06-80Axxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-002
Dimensions Promass A: 4-VCO-4 connection with mounting set 1/4" NPT-F
Fig. 61:
Dimensions Promass A: 4-VCO-4 connection with mounting set 1/4" NPT-F
Mounting set 1/4" NPT-F connection: 1.4539/904L, Alloy C-22
DN
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
P
U
di
1
305
273
32
228
160
SW 3/4"
145
361
165
120
1/4"-NPT
1.1
2
305
273
32
310
160
SW 3/4"
145
443
165
120
1/4"-NPT
1.8
2
1)
4
116
305
273
32
310
160
SW 3/4"
145
443
165
120
1/4"-NPT
1.4
315
283
32
435
220
SW 3/4"
175
568
195
150
1/4"-NPT
3.5
315
283
32
435
220
SW 3/4"
175
568
195
150
1/4"-NPT
3.0
4
1)
1)
High pressure version available in 1.4539/904L only
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Axxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-003
Dimensions Promass A:
4-VCO-4 connection with mounting set 1/8" or 1/4" SWAGELOK
Fig. 62:
Dimensions Promass A: 4-VCO-4 connection with mounting set 1/8" or 1/4" SWAGELOK
Mounting set SWAGELOK connection: 1.4401/316
DN
A
B
C
E
F
G
K
L
M
P
U
di
1
305
273
32
228
160
SW 7/16"
145
359.6
165
120
1/8"
1.1
1
305
273
32
228
160
SW 9/16"
145
359.6
165
120
1/4"
1.1
2
305
273
32
310
160
SW 7/16"
145
441.6
165
120
1/8"
1.8
2
305
273
32
310
160
SW 9/16"
145
441.6
165
120
1/4"
1.8
2 1)
305
273
32
310
160
SW 7/16"
145
441.6
165
120
1/8"
1.4
1)
305
273
32
310
160
SW 9/16"
145
441.6
165
120
1/4"
1.4
315
283
32
435
220
SW 9/16"
175
571.6
195
150
1/4"
3.5
315
283
32
435
220
SW 9/16"
175
571.6
195
150
1/4"
3.0
2
4
Endress+Hauser
4
1)
1)
High pressure version
117
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-8xxxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-005
Dimensions Promass A:
purge connections / secondary containment monitoring
Fig. 63:
DN
118
Dimensions Promass A: purge connections / secondary containment monitoring
L
H
G
1
92.0
87.0
1/2" NPT
2
130.0
87.0
1/2" NPT
4
192.5
97.1
1/2" NPT
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
10.7
Dimensions: Promass I
F06-80Ixxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-000
Dimensions Promass I: flange connections (DIN, ANSI, JIS)
Fig. 64:
Dimensions Promass I: flange connections (DIN, ANSI, JIS)
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 40: titanium grade 9
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8 1)
350
291
59
95
402
4 x Ø14
20
65
17.30
8.55
15
350
291
59
95
438
4 x Ø14
20
65
17.30
11.38
350
291
59
95
572
4 x Ø14
19
65
17.07
17.07
350
291
59
115
578
4 x Ø14
23
85
28.50
17.07
377
305
72
115
700
4 x Ø14
22
85
25.60
25.60
377
305
72
150
708
4 x Ø18
26
110
43.10
25.60
406
320
86
150
819
4 x Ø18
24
110
35.62
35.62
406
320
86
165
827
4 x Ø18
28
125
54.50
35.62
15
2)
25
25
2)
40
40
2)
50
1)
2)
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 64: titanium grade 9
Endress+Hauser
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
50
406
320
86
180
832
4 x Ø22
34
135
54.5
35.62
119
10 Technical data
Promass 80
Flange DIN 2501 / PN 100: titanium grade 9
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8 1)
350
291
59
105
402
4 x Ø14
25
75
17.30
8.55
15
350
291
59
105
438
4 x Ø14
25
75
17.30
11.38
15 2)
350
291
59
105
578
4 x Ø14
26
75
17.07
17.07
25
350
291
59
140
578
4 x Ø18
29
100
28.50
17.07
25 2)
377
305
72
140
706
4 x Ø18
31
100
25.60
25.60
40
377
305
72
170
708
4 x Ø22
32
125
42.50
25.60
40 2)
406
320
86
170
825
4 x Ø22
33
125
35.62
35.62
50
406
320
86
195
832
4 x Ø26
36
145
53.90
35.62
1)
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
2) DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 150: titanium grade 9
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8 1)
DN
3/8"
350
291
59
88.9
402
4 x Ø15.7
20
60.5
15.70
8.55
15
1/2"
350
291
59
88.9
438
4 x Ø15.7
20
60.5
15.70
11.38
15 2)
1/2"
350
291
59
88.9
572
4 x Ø15.7
19
60.5
17.07
17.07
25
1"
350
291
59
108.0
578
4 x Ø15.7
23
79.2
26.70
17.07
25 2)
1"
377
305
72
108.0
700
4 x Ø15.7
22
79.2
25.60
25.60
40
1 1/2"
377
305
72
127.0
708
4 x Ø15.7
26
98.6
40.90
25.60
40 2)
1 1/2"
406
320
86
127.0
819
4 x Ø15.7
24
98.6
35.62
35.62
2"
406
320
86
152.4
827
4 x Ø19.1
28
120.7
52.60
35.62
50
1)
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
2)
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 300: titanium grade 9
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8 1)
DN
3/8"
350
291
59
95.3
402
4 x Ø15.7
20
66.5
15.70
8.55
15
1/2"
350
291
59
95.3
438
4 x Ø15.7
20
66.5
15.70
11.38
1/2"
350
291
59
95.3
572
4 x Ø15.7
19
66.5
17.07
17.07
1"
350
291
59
124.0
578
4 x Ø19.1
23
88.9
26.70
17.07
15
2)
25
25 2)
1"
377
305
72
124.0
700
4 x Ø19.1
22
88.9
25.60
25.60
40
1 1/2"
377
305
72
155.4
708
4 x Ø22.4
26
114.3
40.90
25.60
40 2)
1 1/2"
406
320
86
155.4
819
4 x Ø22.4
24
114.3
35.62
35.62
2"
406
320
86
165.1
827
8 x Ø19.1
28
127.0
52.60
35.62
N
S
LK
U
di
50
1)
2)
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Flange ANSI B16.5 / Cl 600: titanium grade 9
DN
1)
A
B
C
G
L
3/8"
350
291
59
95.3
402
4 x Ø15.7
20
66.5
13.80
8.55
15
1/2"
350
291
59
95.3
438
4 x Ø15.7
20
66.5
13.80
11.38
15 2)
1/2"
350
291
59
95.3
578
4 x Ø15.7
22
66.5
17.07
17.07
25
1"
350
291
59
124.0
578
4 x Ø19.1
23
88.9
24.40
17.07
25 2)
1"
377
305
72
124.0
706
4 x Ø19.1
25
88.9
25.60
25.60
40
1 1/2"
377
305
72
155.4
708
4 x Ø22.4
28
114.3
38.10
25.60
40 2)
1 1/2"
406
320
86
155.4
825
4 x Ø22.4
29
114.3
35.62
35.62
2"
406
320
86
165.1
832
8 x Ø19.1
33
127.0
49.30
35.62
8
50
1)
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
2)
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
120
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
Flange JIS B2238 / 10K: titanium grade 9
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
50
406
320
86
155
827
4 x Ø19
28
120
50
35.62
Flange JIS B2238 / 20K: titanium grade 9
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8 1)
350
291
59
95
402
4 x Ø15
20
70
15.00
8.55
15
350
291
59
95
438
4 x Ø15
20
70
15.00
11.38
15 2)
350
291
59
95
572
4 x Ø15
19
70
17.07
17.07
25
350
291
59
125
578
4 x Ø19
23
90
25.00
17.07
25 2)
377
305
72
125
700
4 x Ø19
22
90
25.60
25.60
40
377
305
72
140
708
4 x Ø19
26
105
40.00
25.60
40 2)
406
320
86
140
819
4 x Ø19
24
105
35.62
35.62
50
406
320
86
155
827
8 x Ø19
28
120
50.00
35.62
di
1)
2)
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Flange JIS B2238 / 40K: titanium grade 9
DN
1)
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
350
291
59
115
402
4 x Ø19
25
80
15.00
8.55
15
350
291
59
115
438
4 x Ø19
25
80
15.00
11.38
15 2)
350
291
59
115
578
4 x Ø19
26
80
17.07
17.07
25
350
291
59
130
578
4 x Ø19
27
95
25.00
17.07
377
305
72
130
706
4 x Ø19
29
95
25.60
25.60
377
305
72
160
708
4 x Ø23
30
120
38.00
25.60
406
320
86
160
825
4 x Ø23
31
120
35.62
35.62
406
320
86
165
827
8 x Ø19
32
130
50.00
35.62
8
25
2)
40
40
2)
50
1)
2)
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Flange JIS B2238 / 63K: titanium grade 9
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8 1)
350
291
59
120
402
4 x Ø19
28
85
12.00
8.55
15
350
291
59
120
438
4 x Ø19
28
85
12.80
11.38
15 2)
350
291
59
120
578
4 x Ø19
29
85
17.07
17.07
25
350
291
59
140
578
4 x Ø23
30
100
22.00
17.07
25 2)
377
305
72
140
706
4 x Ø23
32
100
25.60
25.60
40
377
305
72
175
708
4 x Ø25
36
130
35.00
25.60
40 2)
406
320
86
175
825
4 x Ø25
37
130
35.62
35.62
50
406
320
86
185
832
8 x Ø23
40
145
48.00
35.62
1)
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
2) DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Endress+Hauser
121
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Ixxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-007
Dimensions Promass I: VCO connections
Fig. 65:
Dimensions Promass I: VCO connections
12-VCO-4 (3/4"): titanium grade 2
DN
122
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
350
291
59
1 1/4-18 UNEF
429
15.7
8.55
15
350
291
59
1 1/4-18 UNEF
465
15.7
11.38
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Ixxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-001
Dimensions Promass I: Tri-Clamp connections
Fig. 66:
Dimensions Promass I: Tri-Clamp connections
Tri-Clamp / 3-A version1): titanium grade 2
DN
8
15
15 2)
Clamp
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
1"
350
291
59
50.4
427
22.1
8.55
1"
350
291
59
50.4
463
22.1
11.38
see 3/4" Tri-Clamp connection
25
1"
350
291
59
50.4
603
22.1
17.07
25 2)
1"
377
305
72
50.4
730
22.1
25.60
40
1 1/2"
377
305
72
50.4
731
34.8
25.60
40 2)
1 1/2"
406
320
86
50.4
849
34.8
35.62
2"
406
320
86
63.9
850
47.5
35.62
di
50
1)
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
2) DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
1/2" Tri-Clamp / 3-A version1): titanium grade 2
DN
Clamp
A
B
C
G
L
U
8
1/2"
350
291
59
25.0
426
9.5
8.55
15
1/2"
350
291
59
25.0
462
9.5
11.38
1)
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
3/4" Tri-Clamp / 3-A version1): titanium grade 2
DN
8
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
3/4"
350
291
59
25.0
426
16.0
8.55
15
3/4"
350
291
59
25.0
462
16.0
11.38
15 2)
3/4"
350
291
59
25.0
602
16.0
17.07
1)
2)
Endress+Hauser
Clamp
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
DN 15 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
123
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Ixxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-003
Dimensions Promass I: DIN 11851 connections (hygienic coupling)
Fig. 67:
Dimensions Promass I: DIN 11851 connections (hygienic coupling)
Hygienic coupling DIN 11851 / 3-A version 1): titanium grade 2
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
DN
350
291
59
Rd 34 x 1/8"
427
16
8.55
15
350
291
59
Rd 34 x 1/8"
463
16
11.38
15 2)
350
291
59
Rd 34 x 1/8"
602
16
17.07
25
350
291
59
Rd 52 x 1/6"
603
26
17.07
25 2)
377
305
72
Rd 52 x 1/6"
736
26
25.60
40
377
305
72
Rd 65 x 1/6"
731
38
25.60
40 2)
406
320
86
Rd 65 x 1/6"
855
38
35.62
50
406
320
86
Rd 78 x 1/6"
856
50
35.62
di
1)
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
2) DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Hygienic coupling DIN 11851 Rd 28 x 1/8" / 3-A version 1): titanium grade 2
DN
B
C
G
L
U
8
350
291
59
Rd 28 x 1/8"
426
10
8.55
15
350
291
59
Rd 28 x 1/8"
462
10
11.38
1)
124
A
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Ixxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-004
Dimensions Promass I: DIN 11864-1 Form A connections (threaded unions)
Fig. 68:
Dimensions Promass I: DIN 11864-1 Form A connections (threaded unions)
Threaded union DIN 11864-1 Form A / 3-A version 1): titanium grade 2
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8 2)
350
291
59
Rd 28 x 1/8"
428
10
8.55
15
350
291
59
Rd 34 x 1/8"
463
16
11.38
15 3)
350
291
59
Rd 34 x 1/8"
602
16
17.07
25
350
291
59
Rd 52 x 1/6"
603
26
17.07
25 3)
377
305
72
Rd 52 x 1/6"
734
26
25.60
40
377
305
72
Rd 65 x 1/6"
731
38
25.60
40 3)
406
320
86
Rd 65 x 1/6"
855
38
35.62
50
406
320
86
Rd 78 x 1/6"
856
50
35.62
1)
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
2) DN 8 with DN 10 threaded adapters
3)
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Endress+Hauser
125
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Ixxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-005
Dimensions Promass I: flange connection DIN 11864-2 Form A
Fig. 69:
Dimensions Promass I: flange connection DIN 11864-2 Form A
Flange DIN 11864-2 Form A / 3-A version 1): titanium grade 2
DN
A
B
C
G
L
N
S
LK
U
di
8 2)
350
291
59
54
449
4 x Ø9
10
37
10
8.55
15
350
291
59
59
485
4 x Ø9
10
42
16
11.38
25
350
291
59
70
625
4 x Ø9
10
53
26
17.07
40
377
305
72
82
753
4 x Ø9
10
65
38
25.60
50
406
320
86
94
874
4 x Ø9
10
77
50
35.62
1)
2)
126
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
DN 8 with DN 10 flanges
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-80Ixxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-006
Dimensions Promass I: ISO 2853 connections (threaded unions)
Fig. 70:
Dimensions Promass I: ISO 2853 connections (threaded unions)
Threaded union ISO 2853 / 3-A version 1): titanium grade 2
DN
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8 2)
350
291
59
37.13
435
22.6
8.55
15
350
291
59
37.13
471
22.6
11.38
15 3)
350
291
59
37.13
610
22.6
17.07
3)
377
305
72
37.13
744
22.6
25.60
377
305
72
50.65
737
35.6
25.60
406
320
86
50.65
859
35.6
35.62
406
320
86
64.16
856
48.6
35.62
25
40
40
50
3)
1)
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit. Option: Ra ≤ 0.4 µm/240 grit)
DN 8 with DN 15 threaded adapters as standard
3)
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
2)
Endress+Hauser
127
10 Technical data
Promass 80
F06-80Ixxxxx-06-00-xx-xx-002
Dimensions Promass I: SMS 1145 connections (hygienic coupling)
Fig. 71:
Dimensions, Promass I: SMS 1145 connections (hygienic coupling)
Hygienic coupling SMS 1145 / 3-A version 1): titanium grade 2
A
B
C
G
L
U
di
8
DN
350
291
59
Rd 40 x 1/6"
427
22.5
8.55
15
350
291
59
Rd 40 x 1/6"
463
22.5
11.38
25
350
291
59
Rd 40 x 1/6"
603
22.5
17.07
377
305
72
Rd 40 x 1/6"
736
22.5
25.60
377
305
72
Rd 60 x 1/6"
738
35.5
25.60
406
320
86
Rd 60 x 1/6"
857
35.5
35.62
406
320
86
Rd 70 x 1/6"
858
48.5
35.62
25
2)
40
40
50
1)
2)
128
2)
3-A version (Ra ≤ 0.8 µm/150 grit)
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
10 Technical data
F06-8xxxxxxx-06-05-xx-xx-004
Dimensions Promass I: purge connections / secondary containment monitoring
Fig. 72:
DN
8
2)
15
15
1)
25
25
1)
40
40
50
1)
2)
Endress+Hauser
1)
Dimensions Promass I: purge connections / secondary containment monitoring
L
H
G
61
78.15
1/2" NPT
79
78.15
1/2" NPT
79
78.15
1/2" NPT
148
78.15
1/2" NPT
148
78.15
1/2" NPT
196
90.85
1/2" NPT
196
90.85
1/2" NPT
254
105.25
1/2" NPT
DN 15, 25, 40 “FB” = Full bore versions of Promass I
DN 8 with DN 15 flanges as standard
129
10 Technical data
130
Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
Index
Index
A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accuracy
see Performance characteristics
Ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applicator ™ (selection and configuration software)
Auxiliary input
see Status input
47
73
65
47
E
B
Boards
see Spare parts
C
Cable entries
degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable specifications (remote version) . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration factor (default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CE mark (declaration of conformity) . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning
CIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code entry (function matrix) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
configuring current output (active/passive) . . . .
density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
zero point adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commuwin II
electrical connection of the Commubox FXA 191
Connection
see electrical connection
Current output
configuring for active/passive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
67
24
10
10
45
45
45
45
33
37
42
41
39
35
28
42
27
67
D
DAT storage chip (S-DAT, sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Declaration of conformity (CE mark) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 73
Density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Design
see Dimensions
Designated use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Device designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Device functions
seel “Description of Device Functions” Manual
Dimensions
Promass A / process connections . . . . . . . . . . 113
Promass F / process connections . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Promass I / process connections . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Endress+Hauser
Promass M / process connections . . . . . . . . . . . 97
remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
wall-mounted housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Display
Display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
turning the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Documentation, additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Down pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Electrical connection
cable specifications (remote version) . . . . . . . . . 24
Commubox FXA 191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
degree of protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
HART handheld communicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
post-connection check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
remote version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
transmitter, terminal assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Electronics boards (replacing, installing)
field housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Environment conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Error limits
see Performance characteristics
Error messages
display mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
process errors (application errors) . . . . . . . . . . . 53
system errors (device errors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Error response (inputs/outputs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Error types (system and process errors) . . . . . . . . . 34
Ex certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Ex documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Exchange
device fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
printed circuit boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
seals (Promass A and M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Exterior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
F
Fieldcheck™ (tester and simulator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
FieldTool™ (configuration and service software) . . . 47
Fitting length
see Dimensions
Fluid pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Fluid temperature ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Frequency output
electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Function check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Function descriptions
see “Description of Device Functions” manual
Function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Functions, function groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Fuse, replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
131
Index
Promass 80
G
Galvanic isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
H
HART
electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
handheld communicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Hazardous substances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Heating (general notes, insulation, etc.) . . . . . . . . . 18
HOME position (operating mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
I
Incoming acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inputs/outputs, response to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation conditions
dimensions, fitting lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
down pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fluid temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
inlet and outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
orientation (vertical, horizontal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
system pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Insulation for sensor, heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
18
66
65
56
14
15
18
18
14
16
15
18
18
L
Limiting flow
see Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limiting medium pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Local display
see Display
Low flow cutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
74
74
67
67
M
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Material load curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measured variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring accuracy
see Performance characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mounting the sensor
see Installation conditions
45
82
80
65
69
65
65
65
N
Operation
display and operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
FieldtooI™ (configuration and service software) 35
function matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
HART handheld communicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Operational safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Ordering code
accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Outlet runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Output signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Output variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
P
Performance characteristics
influence of fluid pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
influence of fluid temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
maximum measured error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
reference conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
repeatability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-installation check (checklist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Potential equalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply (voltage supply) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power supply failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure loss (formulas, pressure loss diagrams) .
Pressure range
see Limiting medium pressure range
Pressure-monitoring connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printed circuit boards (removing/installing)
field housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process error (definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Process errors without messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programming mode
disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pulse output
see frequency output
Pumps, mounting location, system pressure . . . . .
Purging connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72
71
69
69
71
21
29
68
67
68
75
43
59
61
82
34
53
55
33
33
15
43
Q
Quick Setup (Commissioning menu) . . . . . . . . . . . 38
R
Nameplate
sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Nominal pressure
see Limiting medium pressure range
Registered trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Remote operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Repeatability (measuring accuracy) . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Returning devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
O
S
Operable flow range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Safety icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
132
Endress+Hauser
Promass 80
Index
Safety of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Safety regulation form (for return of devices) . . . . 135
Sanitary compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Seals
fluid temperature ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Sensor installation
see Installation conditions
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9, 10
Shock resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Signal on alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
SIP cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Software
amplifier display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
versions (history) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Standards, guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Status input
electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Status output
electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Supplementary Ex documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Supply voltage (power supply) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Switching output (status output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
System error (definition) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
System error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
System pressure, requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Z
Zero point adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
T
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature ranges
ambient temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
fluid temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmitter
electrical connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
installing the wall-mount housing . . . . . . . . . . . .
turning the field housing (aluminum) . . . . . . . . .
turning the field housing (stainless steel) . . . . . .
Transporting the sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trouble-shooting and remedy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
73
73
73
25
20
19
19
13
49
U
User interface
see Display
V
Vibration resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Vibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
W
Wall-mount housing, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Wiring
see Electrical connection
Endress+Hauser
133
Index
134
Promass 80
Endress+Hauser
Europe
Austria
❑ Endress+Hauser Ges.m.b.H.
Wien
Tel. (01) 88056-0, Fax (01) 88056-35
Belarus
❑ Belorgsintez
Minsk
Tel. (0172) 263166, Fax (0172) 263111
Belgium / Luxembourg
❑ Endress+Hauser N.V.
Brussels
Tel. (02) 2480600, Fax (02) 2480553
Bulgaria
INTERTECH-AUTOMATION
Sofia
Tel. (02) 664869, Fax (02) 9631389
Croatia
❑ Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co.
Zagreb
Tel. (01) 6637785, Fax (01) 6637823
Cyprus
I+G Electrical Services Co. Ltd.
Nicosia
Tel. (02) 484788, Fax (02) 484690
Czech Republic
❑ Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co.
Praha
Tel. (026) 6784200, Fax (026) 6784179
Denmark
❑ Endress+Hauser A/S
Søborg
Tel. (70) 131132, Fax (70) 132133
Estonia
ELVI-Aqua
Tartu
Tel. (7) 441638, Fax (7) 441582
Finland
❑ Endress+Hauser Oy
Espoo
Tel. (09) 8676740, Fax (09) 86767440
France
❑ Endress+Hauser S.A.
Huningue
Tel. (389) 696768, Fax (389) 694802
Germany
Messtechnik
❑ Endress+Hauser
GmbH+Co.
Weil am Rhein
Tel. (07621) 975-01, Fax (07621) 975-555
Great Britain
❑ Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Manchester
Tel. (0161) 2865000, Fax (0161) 9981841
Greece
I & G Building Services Automation S.A.
Athens
Tel. (01) 9241500, Fax (01) 9221714
Hungary
Mile Ipari-Elektro
Budapest
Tel. (01) 2615535, Fax (01) 2615535
Iceland
BIL ehf
Reykjavik
Tel. (05) 619616, Fax (05) 619617
Ireland
Flomeaco Company Ltd.
Kildare
Tel. (045) 868615, Fax (045) 868182
Italy
❑ Endress+Hauser S.p.A.
Cernusco s/N Milano
Tel. (02) 921921, Fax (02) 92107153
Latvia
Rino TK
Riga
Tel. (07) 312897, Fax (07) 312894
Lithuania
UAB "Agava"
Kaunas
Tel. (07) 202410, Fax (07) 207414
Netherland
❑ Endress+Hauser B.V.
Naarden
Tel. (035) 6958611, Fax (035) 6958825
Bolivia
Tritec S.R.L.
Cochabamba
Tel. (042) 56993, Fax (042) 50981
Pakistan
Speedy Automation
Karachi
Tel. (021) 7722953, Fax (021) 7736884
Norway
❑ Endress+Hauser A/S
Tranby
Tel. (032) 859850, Fax (032) 859851
Brazil
❑ Samson Endress+Hauser Ltda.
Sao Paulo
Tel. (011) 50313455, Fax (011) 50313067
Papua-Neuguinea
SBS Electrical Pty Limited
Port Moresby
Tel. 3251188, Fax 3259556
Poland
❑ Endress+Hauser Polska Sp. z o.o.
Warszawy
Tel. (022) 7201090, Fax (022) 7201085
Canada
❑ Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Burlington, Ontario
Tel. (905) 6819292, Fax (905) 6819444
Philippines
❑ Endress+Hauser Philippines Inc.
Metro Manila
Tel. (2) 3723601-05, Fax (2) 4121944
Portugal
Tecnisis - Tecnica de Sistemas Industriais
Linda-a-Velha
Tel. (21) 4267290, Fax (21) 4267299
Chile
❑ Endress+Hauser Chile Ltd.
Santiago
Tel. (02) 3213009, Fax (02) 3213025
Singapore
❑ Endress+Hauser (S.E.A.) Pte., Ltd.
Singapore
Tel. 5668222, Fax 5666848
Romania
Romconseng S.R.L.
Bucharest
Tel. (01) 4101634, Fax (01) 4101634
Colombia
Colsein Ltda.
Bogota D.C.
Tel. (01) 2367659, Fax (01) 6104186
South Korea
❑ Endress+Hauser (Korea) Co., Ltd.
Seoul
Tel. (02) 6587200, Fax (02) 6592838
Costa Rica
EURO-TEC S.A.
San Jose
Tel. (02) 961542, Fax (02) 961542
Taiwan
Kingjarl Corporation
Taipei R.O.C.
Tel. (02) 27183938, Fax (02) 27134190
Ecuador
Insetec Cia. Ltda.
Quito
Tel. (02) 269148, Fax (02) 461833
Thailand
❑ Endress+Hauser Ltd.
Bangkok
Tel. (2) 9967811-20, Fax (2) 9967810
Slovenia
❑ Endress+Hauser D.O.O.
Ljubljana
Tel. (061) 1592217, Fax (061) 1592298
Guatemala
ACISA Automatizacion Y Control
Industrial S.A.
Ciudad de Guatemala, C.A.
Tel. (03) 345985, Fax (03) 327431
Vietnam
Tan Viet Bao Co. Ltd.
Ho Chi Minh City
Tel. (08) 8335225, Fax (08) 8335227
Spain
❑ Endress+Hauser S.A.
Sant Just Desvern
Tel. (93) 4803366, Fax (93) 4733839
Mexico
❑ Endress+Hauser S.A. de C.V.
Mexico City
Tel. (5) 5682405, Fax (5) 5687459
Sweden
❑ Endress+Hauser AB
Sollentuna
Tel. (08) 55511600, Fax (08) 55511655
Paraguay
Incoel S.R.L.
Asuncion
Tel. (021) 213989, Fax (021) 226583
Switzerland
❑ Endress+Hauser AG
Reinach/BL 1
Tel. (061) 7157575, Fax (061) 7111650
Uruguay
Circular S.A.
Montevideo
Tel. (02) 925785, Fax (02) 929151
Turkey
Intek Endüstriyel Ölcü ve Kontrol SistemleriIstanbul
Tel. (0212) 2751355, Fax (0212) 2662775
USA
❑ Endress+Hauser Inc.
Greenwood, Indiana
Tel. (317) 535-7138, Fax (317) 535-8498
Ukraine
Photonika GmbH
Kiev
Tel. (44) 26881, Fax (44) 26908
Venezuela
Controval C.A.
Caracas
Tel. (02) 9440966, Fax (02) 9444554
Yugoslavia Rep.
Meris d.o.o.
Beograd
Tel. (11) 4441966, Fax (11) 4441966
Asia
Russia
❑ Endress+Hauser Moscow Office
Moscow
Tel. (095) 1587564, Fax (095) 1589871
Slovakia
Transcom Technik s.r.o.
Bratislava
Tel. (7) 44888684, Fax (7) 44887112
Africa
Egypt
Anasia
Heliopolis/Cairo
Tel. (02) 4179007, Fax (02) 4179008
Morocco
Oussama S.A.
Casablanca
Tel. (02) 241338, Fax (02) 402657
South Africa
❑ Endress+Hauser Pty. Ltd.
Sandton
Tel. (011) 4441386, Fax (011) 4441977
Tunisia
Controle, Maintenance et Regulation
Tunis
Tel. (01) 793077, Fax (01) 788595
BA 057D/06/en/11.00
50098468
FM+SGML 5.5
❑ Endress+Hauser Beijing Office
Beijing
Tel. (010) 68344058, Fax (010) 68344068
Hong Kong
❑ Endress+Hauser HK Ltd.
Hong Kong
Tel. 25283120, Fax 28654171
India
❑ Endress+Hauser (India) Pvt Ltd.
Mumbai
Tel. (022) 8521458, Fax (022) 8521927
Indonesia
PT Grama Bazita
Jakarta
Tel. (21) 7975083, Fax (21) 7975089
America
Japan
❑ Sakura Endress Co. Ltd.
Tokyo
Tel. (0422) 540613, Fax (0422) 550275
Argentina
❑ Endress+Hauser Argentina S.A.
Buenos Aires
Tel. (01) 145227970, Fax (01) 145227909
Malaysia
❑ Endress+Hauser (M) Sdn. Bhd.
Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan
Tel. (03) 7334848, Fax (03) 7338800
http://www.endress.com
❑ Members of the Endress+Hauser Group
China
❑ Endress+Hauser Shanghai
Instrumentation Co. Ltd.
Shanghai
Tel. (021) 54902300, Fax (021) 54902303
05.00/LC
Iran
PATSA Co.
Tehran
Tel. (021) 8754748, Fax (021) 8747761
Israel
Instrumetrics Industrial Control Ltd.
Tel-Aviv
Tel. (03) 6480205, Fax (03) 6471992
Jordan
A.P. Parpas Engineering S.A.
Amman
Tel. (06) 4643246, Fax (06) 4645707
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Anasia Ind. Agencies
Jeddah
Tel. (02) 6710014, Fax (02) 6725929
Lebanon
Network Engineering
Jbeil
Tel. (3) 944080, Fax (9) 548038
Sultanate of Oman
Mustafa & Jawad Sience & Industry Co.L.L.C.
Ruwi
Tel. 602009, Fax 607066
United Arab Emirates
Descon Trading EST.
Dubai
Tel. (04) 2653651, Fax (04) 2653264
Yemen
Yemen Company for Ghee and Soap Industry
Taiz
Tel. (04) 230664, Fax (04) 212338
Australia + New Zealand
Australia
ALSTOM Australia Limited
Milperra
Tel. (02) 97747444, Fax (02) 97744667
New Zealand
EMC Industrial Group Limited
Auckland
Tel. (09) 4155110, Fax (09) 4155115
All other countries
❑ Endress+Hauser GmbH+Co.
Instruments International
D-Weil am Rhein
Germany
Tel. (07621) 975-02, Fax (07621) 975345